updated for version 7.3.1102

Problem:    Completion of ":py3do" and ":py3file" does not work after ":py3".
Solution:   Make completion work. (Taro Muraoka)

.gitignore

@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ src/auto/pathdef.c
 *.suo
 *.res
 *.RES
+src/if_perl.c
 src/pathdef.c
 src/Obj*/pathdef.c
 gvimext.dll
@@ -41,6 +42,7 @@ gvimext.lib
 *.mo
 *.swp
 *~
+src/po/vim.pot
 
 # Generated by "make test"
 src/po/*.ck 

Filelist

@@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/popupmnu.c \
 		src/quickfix.c \
 		src/regexp.c \
+		src/regexp_nfa.c \
 		src/regexp.h \
 		src/screen.c \
 		src/search.c \
@@ -73,6 +74,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/version.c \
 		src/version.h \
 		src/vim.h \
+		src/winclip.c \
 		src/window.c \
 		src/xxd/xxd.c \
 		src/main.aap \
@@ -130,6 +132,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/ui.pro \
 		src/proto/undo.pro \
 		src/proto/version.pro \
+		src/proto/winclip.pro \
 		src/proto/window.pro \
 
 
@@ -261,6 +264,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/Make_mvc.mak \
 		src/Make_w16.mak \
 		src/bigvim.bat \
+		src/bigvim64.bat \
 		src/msvcsetup.bat \
 		src/msvc2008.bat \
 		src/msvc2010.bat \
@@ -352,6 +356,7 @@ SRC_DOS_BIN =	\
 		src/xpm/COPYRIGHT \
 		src/xpm/README.txt \
 		src/xpm/include/*.h \
+		src/xpm/x64/lib/libXpm.a \
 		src/xpm/x64/lib/libXpm.lib \
 		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.a \
 		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.lib \
@@ -442,6 +447,7 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 		src/os_beos.c \
 		src/os_beos.h \
 		src/os_beos.rsrc \
+		src/proto/os_beos.pro \
 		src/os_mint.h \
 		src/os_vms_fix.com \
 		src/toolbar.phi \
@@ -691,9 +697,17 @@ LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/tutor/Makefile \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.utf-8 \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.?? \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.* \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.utf-8 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.euc \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.sjis \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.iso9 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.big5 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.cp1250 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.cp1251 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.cp737 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??_??.utf-8 \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.bar \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor.bar.* \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.bar.utf-8 \
 		runtime/spell/README.txt \
 		runtime/spell/??/*.diff \
 		runtime/spell/??/main.aap \

README.txt

@@ -97,10 +97,12 @@ The latest news about Vim can be found on the Vim home page:
 If you have problems, have a look at the Vim FAQ:
 	http://vimdoc.sf.net/vimfaq.html
 
-Send bug reports to:
-	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+If you still have problems or any other questions, use one of the mailing
+lists to discuss them with Vim users and developers:
+	http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 
-There are several mailing lists for Vim, see http://www.vim.org/maillist.php.
+If nothing else works, report bugs directly:
+	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
 
 MAIN AUTHOR

runtime/autoload/getscript.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " getscript.vim
-"  Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-"  Date:	Jan 17, 2012
-"  Version:	34
+"  Author:	Charles E. Campbell
+"  Date:	Apr 17, 2013
+"  Version:	35
 "  Installing:	:help glvs-install
 "  Usage:	:help glvs
 "
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_getscript")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_getscript= "v34"
+let g:loaded_getscript= "v35"
 if &cp
  echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
  finish
@@ -74,6 +74,11 @@ if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall")
  let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall= 1
 endif
 
+" set up default scriptaddr address
+if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr")
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr = 'http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='
+endif
+
 "" For debugging:
 "let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget    = "echo"
 "let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options = "options"
@@ -314,7 +319,7 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
   if &mod
    silent! w!
   endif
-  q
+  q!
 
   " restore events and current directory
   exe "cd ".fnameescape(substitute(origdir,'\','/','ge'))
@@ -415,7 +420,7 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
   echo 'considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid
 
   " grab a copy of the plugin's vim.sourceforge.net webpage
-  let scriptaddr = 'http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='.scriptid
+  let scriptaddr = g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr.scriptid
   let tmpfile    = tempname()
   let v:errmsg   = ""
 

runtime/autoload/netrwFileHandlers.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " netrwFileHandlers: contains various extension-based file handlers for
 "                    netrw's browsers' x command ("eXecute launcher")
-" Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-" Date:		Mar 14, 2012
-" Version:	11a
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2012 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Author:	Charles E. Campbell
+" Date:		May 03, 2013
+" Version:	11b	ASTRO-ONLY
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2012 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers") || &cp
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v11a"
+let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v11b"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwFileHandlers needs vim 7.2"
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ set cpo&vim
 " netrwFileHandlers#Invoke: {{{1
 fun! netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
 "  call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten<".a:exten."> fname<".a:fname.">)")
-  let fname= a:fname
+  let exten= a:exten
   " list of supported special characters.  Consider rcs,v --- that can be
   " supported with a NFH_rcsCOMMAv() handler
-  if a:fname =~ '[@:,$!=\-+%?;~]'
+  if exten =~ '[@:,$!=\-+%?;~]'
    let specials= {
 \   '@' : 'AT',
 \   ':' : 'COLON',
@@ -51,18 +51,18 @@ fun! netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
 \   '?' : 'QUESTION',
 \   ';' : 'SEMICOLON',
 \   '~' : 'TILDE'}
-   let fname= substitute(a:fname,'[@:,$!=\-+%?;~]','\=specials[submatch(0)]','ge')
+   let exten= substitute(a:exten,'[@:,$!=\-+%?;~]','\=specials[submatch(0)]','ge')
 "   call Decho('fname<'.fname.'> done with dictionary')
   endif
 
-  if a:exten != "" && exists("*NFH_".a:exten)
+  if a:exten != "" && exists("*NFH_".exten)
    " support user NFH_*() functions
 "   call Decho("let ret= netrwFileHandlers#NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")')
-   exe "let ret= NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")'
-  elseif a:exten != "" && exists("*s:NFH_".a:exten)
+   exe "let ret= NFH_".exten.'("'.a:fname.'")'
+  elseif a:exten != "" && exists("*s:NFH_".exten)
    " use builtin-NFH_*() functions
 "   call Decho("let ret= netrwFileHandlers#NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")')
-   exe "let ret= s:NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")'
+   exe "let ret= s:NFH_".a:exten.'("'.a:fname.'")'
   endif
 
 "  call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#Invoke 0 : ret=".ret)

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
-" Date:		Sep 03, 2008
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
-" Version:	13
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Date:		May 03, 2013
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
+" Version:	14a	ASTRO-ONLY
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v13"
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v14a"
 if v:version < 700
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwSettings needs vim 7.0"
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   endif
 
   put ='+ ---------------------------------------------'
-  put ='+  NetrwSettings:  by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.'
+  put ='+  NetrwSettings:  by Charles E. Campbell'
   put ='+ Press <F1> with cursor atop any line for help'
   put ='+ ---------------------------------------------'
   let s:netrw_settings_stop= line(".")
@@ -88,6 +88,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftpmode           = '.g:netrw_ftpmode
   put = 'let g:netrw_ignorenetrc       = '.g:netrw_ignorenetrc
   put = 'let g:netrw_sshport           = '.g:netrw_sshport
+  put = 'let g:netrw_silent            = '.g:netrw_silent
   put = 'let g:netrw_use_nt_rcp        = '.g:netrw_use_nt_rcp
   put = 'let g:netrw_win95ftp          = '.g:netrw_win95ftp
   let s:netrw_xfer_stop= line(".")
@@ -99,51 +100,81 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put ='+ Netrw Browser Control'
   put = 'let g:netrw_alto              = '.g:netrw_alto
   put = 'let g:netrw_altv              = '.g:netrw_altv
+  put = 'let g:netrw_banner            = '.g:netrw_banner
+  if exists("g:netrw_bannerbackslash")
+   put = 'let g:netrw_bannerbackslash   = '.g:netrw_bannerbackslash
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_bannerbackslash   = (not defined)'
+  endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_browse_split      = '.g:netrw_browse_split
   if exists("g:netrw_browsex_viewer")
-   put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer    = '.g:netrw_browsex_viewer
+   put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer   = '.g:netrw_browsex_viewer
   else
-   put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer    = (not defined)'
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_browsex_viewer   = (not defined)'
   endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_compress          = '.g:netrw_compress
-  put = 'let g:netrw_cursorline        = '.g:netrw_cursorline
+  if exists("g:Netrw_corehandler")
+   put = 'let g:Netrw_corehandler      = '.g:Netrw_corehandler
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:Netrw_corehandler      = (not defined)'
+  endif
+  put = 'let g:netrw_ctags             = '.g:netrw_ctags
+  put = 'let g:netrw_cursor            = '.g:netrw_cursor
   let decompressline= line("$")
-  put ='let g:netrw_decompress...'
+  put = 'let g:netrw_decompress        = '.string(g:netrw_decompress)
+  if exists("g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen")
+   put = 'let g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen='.g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen= (not defined)'
+  endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_dirhistmax        = '.g:netrw_dirhistmax
+  put = 'let g:netrw_errorlvl          = '.g:netrw_errorlvl
   put = 'let g:netrw_fastbrowse        = '.g:netrw_fastbrowse
   let fnameescline= line("$")
-  put = 'let g:netrw_fname_escape...'
+  put = 'let g:netrw_fname_escape      = '.string(g:netrw_fname_escape)
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd      = '.g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd  = '.g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd  = '.g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd
   let globescline= line("$")
-  put ='let g:netrw_glob_escape...'
+  put = 'let g:netrw_glob_escape       = '.string(g:netrw_glob_escape)
   put = 'let g:netrw_hide              = '.g:netrw_hide
+  if exists("g:netrw_home")
+   put = 'let g:netrw_home              = '.g:netrw_home
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_home              = (not defined)'
+  endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_keepdir           = '.g:netrw_keepdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_list_cmd          = '.g:netrw_list_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_list_hide         = '.g:netrw_list_hide
   put = 'let g:netrw_liststyle         = '.g:netrw_liststyle
   put = 'let g:netrw_localcopycmd      = '.g:netrw_localcopycmd
-  put = 'let g:netrw_local_mkdir       = '.g:netrw_local_mkdir
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localmkdir        = '.g:netrw_localmkdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_localmovecmd      = '.g:netrw_localmovecmd
-  put = 'let g:netrw_local_rmdir       = '.g:netrw_local_rmdir
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localrmdir        = '.g:netrw_localrmdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_maxfilenamelen    = '.g:netrw_maxfilenamelen
   put = 'let g:netrw_menu              = '.g:netrw_menu
+  put = 'let g:netrw_mousemaps         = '.g:netrw_mousemaps
   put = 'let g:netrw_mkdir_cmd         = '.g:netrw_mkdir_cmd
+  if exists("g:netrw_nobeval")
+   put = 'let g:netrw_nobeval           = '.g:netrw_nobeval
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_nobeval           = (not defined)'
+  endif
+  put = 'let g:netrw_remote_mkdir      = '.g:netrw_remote_mkdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_preview           = '.g:netrw_preview
   put = 'let g:netrw_rename_cmd        = '.g:netrw_rename_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_retmap            = '.g:netrw_retmap
   put = 'let g:netrw_rm_cmd            = '.g:netrw_rm_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_rmdir_cmd         = '.g:netrw_rmdir_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_rmf_cmd           = '.g:netrw_rmf_cmd
-  put = 'let g:netrw_silent            = '.g:netrw_silent
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_by           = '.g:netrw_sort_by
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_direction    = '.g:netrw_sort_direction
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_options      = '.g:netrw_sort_options
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_sequence     = '.g:netrw_sort_sequence
   put = 'let g:netrw_special_syntax    = '.g:netrw_special_syntax
   put = 'let g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject
+  put = 'let g:netrw_ssh_cmd           = '.g:netrw_ssh_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_scpport           = '.g:netrw_scpport
   put = 'let g:netrw_sepchr            = '.g:netrw_sepchr
   put = 'let g:netrw_sshport           = '.g:netrw_sshport

runtime/autoload/sqlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,23 +1,55 @@
 " Vim OMNI completion script for SQL
 " Language:    SQL
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Version:     12.0
-" Last Change: 2012 Feb 08
+" Version:     15.0
+" Last Change: 2013 May 13
+" Homepage:    http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1572
 " Usage:       For detailed help
 "              ":help sql.txt"
 "              or ":help ft-sql-omni"
 "              or read $VIMRUNTIME/doc/sql.txt
 
 " History
-" Version 12.0
+"
+" TODO
+"     - Jonas Enberg - if no table is found when using column completion
+"       look backwards to a FROM clause and find the first table
+"       and complete it.
+"
+" Version 15.0 (May 2013)
+"     - NF: Changed the SQL precached syntax items, omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups,
+"           to use regular expressions to pick up extended syntax group names.
+"           This requires an updated SyntaxComplete plugin version 13.0.
+"           If the required versions have not been installed, previous
+"           behaviour will not be impacted.
+"
+" Version 14.0 (Dec 2012)
+"     - BF: Added check for cpo
+"
+" Version 13.0 (Dec 2012)
+"     - NF: When completing column lists or drilling into a table
+"           and g:omni_sql_include_owner is enabled, the
+"           only the table name would be replaced with the column
+"           list instead of the table name and owner (if specified).
+"     - NF: When completing column lists using table aliases
+"           and g:omni_sql_include_owner is enabled, account
+"           for the owner name when looking up the table
+"           list instead of the table name and owner (if specified).
+"     - BF: When completing column lists or drilling into a table
+"           and g:omni_sql_include_owner is enabled, the
+"           column list could often not be found for the table.
+"     - BF: When OMNI popped up, possibly the wrong word
+"           would be replaced for column and column list options.
+"
+" Version 12.0 (Feb 2012)
 "     - Partial column name completion did not work when a table
 "       name or table alias was provided (Jonas Enberg).
 "     - Improved the handling of column completion.  First we match any
 "       columns from a previous completion.  If not matches are found, we
-"       consider the partial name to be a table or table alias for the 
+"       consider the partial name to be a table or table alias for the
 "       query and attempt to match on it.
 "
-" Version 11.0
+" Version 11.0 (Jan 2012)
 "     Added g:omni_sql_default_compl_type variable
 "         - You can specify which type of completion to default to
 "           when pressing <C-X><C-O>.  The entire list of available
@@ -40,7 +72,7 @@
 "         - Prepends error message with SQLComplete so you know who issued
 "           the error.
 "
-" Version 9.0
+" Version 9.0 (May 2010)
 "     This change removes some of the support for tables with spaces in their
 "     names in order to simplify the regexes used to pull out query table
 "     aliases for more robust table name and column name code completion.
@@ -51,10 +83,10 @@
 "     Incorrectly re-executed the g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right and g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left
 "     when drilling in and out of a column list for a table.
 "
-" Version 7.0
+" Version 7.0 (Jan 2010)
 "     Better handling of object names
 "
-" Version 6.0
+" Version 6.0 (Apr 2008)
 "     Supports object names with spaces "my table name"
 "
 " Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
@@ -71,7 +103,9 @@ endif
 if exists('g:loaded_sql_completion')
     finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_sql_completion = 120
+let g:loaded_sql_completion = 150
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 " Maintains filename of dictionary
 let s:sql_file_table        = ""
@@ -88,12 +122,14 @@ let s:syn_value             = []
 " Used in conjunction with the syntaxcomplete plugin
 let s:save_inc              = ""
 let s:save_exc              = ""
-if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql')
-    let s:save_inc = g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql
+if !exists('g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql')
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = ''
 endif
-if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql')
-    let s:save_exc = g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql
+if !exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql')
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = ''
 endif
+let s:save_inc = g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql
+let s:save_exc = g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql
 
 " Used with the column list
 let s:save_prev_table       = ""
@@ -105,12 +141,12 @@ endif
 " Default syntax items to precache
 if !exists('g:omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups')
     let g:omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups = [
-                \ 'syntax',
-                \ 'sqlKeyword',
-                \ 'sqlFunction',
-                \ 'sqlOption',
-                \ 'sqlType',
-                \ 'sqlStatement'
+                \ 'syntax\w*',
+                \ 'sqlKeyword\w*',
+                \ 'sqlFunction\w*',
+                \ 'sqlOption\w*',
+                \ 'sqlType\w*',
+                \ 'sqlStatement\w*'
                 \ ]
 endif
 " Set ignorecase to the ftplugin standard
@@ -137,6 +173,13 @@ if !exists('g:omni_sql_default_compl_type')
 endif
 
 " This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
+" It is called twice by omni and it is responsible
+" for returning the completion list of items.
+" But it must also determine context of what to complete
+" and what to "replace" with the completion.
+" The a:base, is replaced directly with what the user
+" chooses from the choices.
+" The s:prepend provides context for the completion.
 function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
 
     " Default to table name completion
@@ -145,6 +188,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
     if exists('b:sql_compl_type')
         let compl_type = b:sql_compl_type
     endif
+    let begindot = 0
 
     " First pass through this function determines how much of the line should
     " be replaced by whatever is chosen from the completion list
@@ -153,7 +197,6 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
         let line     = getline('.')
         let start    = col('.') - 1
         let lastword = -1
-        let begindot = 0
         " Check if the first character is a ".", for column completion
         if line[start - 1] == '.'
             let begindot = 1
@@ -179,7 +222,10 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                 " If lastword has already been set for column completion
                 " break from the loop, since we do not also want to pickup
                 " a table name if it was also supplied.
+                " Unless g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1, then we can
+                " include the ownername.
                 if lastword != -1 && compl_type == 'column'
+                            \ && g:omni_sql_include_owner == 0
                     break
                 endif
                 " If column completion was specified stop at the "." if
@@ -191,7 +237,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                 " If omni_sql_include_owner = 0, do not include the table
                 " name as part of the substitution, so break here
                 if lastword == -1 &&
-                            \ compl_type =~ 'table\|view\|procedure\column_csv' &&
+                            \ compl_type =~ '\<\(table\|view\|procedure\|column\|column_csv\)\>' &&
                             \ g:omni_sql_include_owner == 0
                     let lastword = start
                     break
@@ -288,6 +334,12 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
             let table  = matchstr( base, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*\ze\..*' )
             let column = matchstr( base, '.*\.\zs.*' )
 
+            if g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1 && owner == '' && table != '' && column != ''
+                let owner  = table
+                let table  = column
+                let column = ''
+            endif
+
             " It is pretty well impossible to determine if the user
             " has entered:
             "    owner.table
@@ -370,7 +422,16 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                 let list_type     = 'csv'
             endif
 
-            let compl_list  = s:SQLCGetColumns(table, list_type)
+            " If we are including the OWNER for the objects, then for
+            " table completion, if we have it, it should be included
+            " as there can be the same table names in a database yet
+            " with different owner names.
+            if g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1 && owner != '' && table != ''
+                let compl_list  = s:SQLCGetColumns(owner.'.'.table, list_type)
+            else
+                let compl_list  = s:SQLCGetColumns(table, list_type)
+            endif
+
             if column != ''
                 " If no column prefix has been provided and the table
                 " name was provided, append it to each of the items
@@ -393,11 +454,14 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
         endif
     elseif compl_type == 'resetCache'
         " Reset all cached items
-        let s:tbl_name  = []
-        let s:tbl_alias = []
-        let s:tbl_cols  = []
-        let s:syn_list  = []
-        let s:syn_value = []
+        let s:tbl_name           = []
+        let s:tbl_alias          = []
+        let s:tbl_cols           = []
+        let s:syn_list           = []
+        let s:syn_value          = []
+        let s:sql_file_table     = ""
+        let s:sql_file_procedure = ""
+        let s:sql_file_view      = ""
 
         let msg = "All SQL cached items have been removed."
         call s:SQLCWarningMsg(msg)
@@ -423,12 +487,27 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
         " let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|\\(\\.\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
         " let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|\\([^.]*\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
         let compl_list = filter(deepcopy(compl_list), expr)
+
+        if empty(compl_list) && compl_type == 'table' && base =~ '\.$'
+            " It is possible we could be looking for column name completion
+            " and the user simply hit C-X C-O to lets try it as well
+            " since we had no hits with the tables.
+            " If the base ends with a . it is hard to know if we are
+            " completing table names or column names.
+            let list_type = ''
+
+            let compl_list  = s:SQLCGetColumns(base, list_type)
+        endif
     endif
 
     if exists('b:sql_compl_savefunc') && b:sql_compl_savefunc != ""
         let &omnifunc = b:sql_compl_savefunc
     endif
 
+    if empty(compl_list)
+        call s:SQLCWarningMsg( 'Could not find type['.compl_type.'] using prepend[.'.s:prepended.'] base['.a:base.']' )
+    endif
+
     return compl_list
 endfunc
 
@@ -556,19 +635,23 @@ function! s:SQLCGetSyntaxList(syn_group)
         " Return previously cached value
         let compl_list = s:syn_value[list_idx]
     else
+        let s:save_inc = g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql
+        let s:save_exc = g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql
+        let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = ''
+        let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = ''
+
         " Request the syntax list items from the
         " syntax completion plugin
         if syn_group == 'syntax'
             " Handle this special case.  This allows the user
             " to indicate they want all the syntax items available,
             " so do not specify a specific include list.
-            let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = ''
+            let syn_value                       = syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
         else
             " The user has specified a specific syntax group
             let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = syn_group
+            let syn_value                       = syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList(syn_group)
         endif
-        let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = ''
-        let syn_value                       = syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
         let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = s:save_inc
         let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = s:save_exc
         " Cache these values for later use
@@ -664,8 +747,26 @@ function! s:SQLCGetObjectOwner(object)
 endfunction
 
 function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
+    if a:table_name =~ '\.'
+        " Check if the owner/creator has been specified
+        let owner  = matchstr( a:table_name, '^\zs.*\ze\..*\..*' )
+        let table  = matchstr( a:table_name, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*\ze\..*' )
+        let column = matchstr( a:table_name, '.*\.\zs.*' )
+
+        if g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1 && owner == '' && table != '' && column != ''
+            let owner  = table
+            let table  = column
+            let column = ''
+        endif
+    else
+        let owner  = ''
+        let table  = matchstr(a:table_name, '^["\[\]a-zA-Z0-9_ ]\+\ze\.\?')
+        let column = ''
+    endif
+
     " Check if the table name was provided as part of the column name
-    let table_name   = matchstr(a:table_name, '^["\[\]a-zA-Z0-9_ ]\+\ze\.\?')
+    " let table_name   = matchstr(a:table_name, '^["\[\]a-zA-Z0-9_ ]\+\ze\.\?')
+    let table_name   = table
     let table_cols   = []
     let table_alias  = ''
     let move_to_top  = 1
@@ -786,7 +887,12 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
 
              if table_name_new != ''
                  let table_alias = table_name
-                 let table_name  = matchstr( table_name_new, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*\ze' )
+                 if g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1
+                    let table_name  = matchstr( table_name_new, '^\zs\(.\{-}\.\)\?\(.\{-}\.\)\?.*\ze' )
+                 else
+                     " let table_name  = matchstr( table_name_new, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*\ze' )
+                    let table_name  = matchstr( table_name_new, '^\(.\{-}\.\)\?\zs\(.\{-}\.\)\?.*\ze' )
+                 endif
 
                  let list_idx = index(s:tbl_name, table_name, 0, &ignorecase)
                  if list_idx > -1
@@ -828,7 +934,8 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
     if empty(table_cols)
         " Specify silent mode, no messages to the user (tbl, 1)
         " Specify do not comma separate (tbl, 1, 1)
-        let table_cols_str = DB_getListColumn(table_name, 1, 1)
+        " let table_cols_str = DB_getListColumn(table_name, 1, 1)
+        let table_cols_str = DB_getListColumn((owner!=''?owner.'.':'').table_name, 1, 1)
 
         if table_cols_str != ""
             let s:tbl_name  = add( s:tbl_name,  table_name )
@@ -854,3 +961,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
 
     return table_cols
 endfunction
+"  Restore:
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+" vim: ts=4 fdm=marker

runtime/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim

@@ -1,44 +1,80 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:    All languages, uses existing syntax highlighting rules
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Version:     8.0
-" Last Change: 2011 Nov 02
-" Usage:       For detailed help, ":help ft-syntax-omni" 
+" Version:     13.0
+" Last Change: 2013 May 14
+" Usage:       For detailed help, ":help ft-syntax-omni"
 
 " History
 "
+" Version 13.0
+"   - Extended the option omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype}
+"     to accept a comma separated list of regex's rather than
+"     string.  For example, for the javascript filetype you could
+"     use:
+"        let g:omni_syntax_group_include_javascript = 'javascript\w\+,jquery\w\+'
+"   - Some syntax files (perl.vim) use the match // syntax as a mechanism
+"     to identify keywords.  This update attempts to parse the
+"     match syntax and pull out syntax items which are at least
+"     3 words or more.
+"
+" Version 12.0
+"   - It is possible to have '-' as part of iskeyword, when
+"     checking for character ranges, tighten up the regex.
+"     E688: More targets than List items.
+"
+" Version 11.0
+"   - Corrected which characters required escaping during
+"     substitution calls.
+"
+" Version 10.0
+"   - Cycle through all the character ranges specified in the
+"     iskeyword option and build a list of valid word separators.
+"     Prior to this change, only actual characters were used,
+"     where for example ASCII "45" == "-".  If "45" were used
+"     in iskeyword the hyphen would not be picked up.
+"     This introduces a new option, since the character ranges
+"     specified could be multibyte:
+"         let g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte = 1
+"   - This by default will only allow single byte ASCII
+"     characters to be added and an additional check to ensure
+"     the charater is printable (see documentation for isprint).
+"
+" Version 9.0
+"   - Add the check for cpo.
+"
 " Version 8.0
-"     Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
+"   - Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
 "         - Some additional syntax items were also allowed
 "           on nextgroup= lines which were ignored by default.
 "           Now these lines are processed independently.
 "
 " Version 7.0
-"     Updated syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
+"   - Updated syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
 "         - Looking up the syntax groups defined from a syntax file
-"           looked for only 1 format of {filetype}GroupName, but some 
+"           looked for only 1 format of {filetype}GroupName, but some
 "           syntax writers use this format as well:
 "               {b:current_syntax}GroupName
-"           OmniSyntaxList() will now check for both if the first
+"   -       OmniSyntaxList() will now check for both if the first
 "           method does not find a match.
 "
 " Version 6.0
-"     Added syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
-"         - Allows other plugins to use this for their own 
+"   - Added syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
+"         - Allows other plugins to use this for their own
 "           purposes.
 "         - It will return a List of all syntax items for the
-"           syntax group name passed in.  
-"         - XPTemplate for SQL will use this function via the 
+"           syntax group name passed in.
+"         - XPTemplate for SQL will use this function via the
 "           sqlcomplete plugin to populate a Choose box.
 "
 " Version 5.0
-"     Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
+"   - Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
 "         - When processing a list of syntax groups, the final group
 "           was missed in function SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems.
 "
 " Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
 " This check is in place in case this script is
-" sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature. 
+" sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature.
 if exists('+omnifunc')
     " Do not set the option if already set since this
     " results in an E117 warning.
@@ -48,9 +84,13 @@ if exists('+omnifunc')
 endif
 
 if exists('g:loaded_syntax_completion')
-    finish 
+    finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 80
+let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 130
+
+" Turn on support for line continuations when creating the script
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 " Set ignorecase to the ftplugin standard
 " This is the default setting, but if you define a buffer local
@@ -67,6 +107,18 @@ if !exists('g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword')
     let g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword = 1
 endif
 
+" When using iskeyword, this setting controls whether the characters
+" should be limited to single byte characters.
+if !exists('g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte')
+    let g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte = 1
+endif
+
+" When using iskeyword, this setting controls whether the characters
+" should be limited to single byte characters.
+if !exists('g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword_numeric')
+    let g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword_numeric = 1
+endif
+
 " Only display items in the completion window that are at least
 " this many characters in length.
 " This is the default setting, but if you define a buffer local
@@ -77,7 +129,8 @@ endif
 
 " This script will build a completion list based on the syntax
 " elements defined by the files in $VIMRUNTIME/syntax.
-let s:syn_remove_words = 'match,matchgroup=,contains,'.
+" let s:syn_remove_words = 'match,matchgroup=,contains,'.
+let s:syn_remove_words = 'matchgroup=,contains,'.
             \ 'links to,start=,end='
             " \ 'links to,start=,end=,nextgroup='
 
@@ -158,7 +211,7 @@ endfunc
 function! syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList(...)
     if a:0 > 0
         let parms = []
-        if 3 == type(a:1) 
+        if 3 == type(a:1)
             let parms = a:1
         elseif 1 == type(a:1)
             let parms = split(a:1, ',')
@@ -172,7 +225,7 @@ endfunc
 function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
     let list_parms = []
     if a:0 > 0
-        if 3 == type(a:1) 
+        if 3 == type(a:1)
             let list_parms = a:1
         elseif 1 == type(a:1)
             let list_parms = split(a:1, ',')
@@ -208,18 +261,18 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
 
     let saveL = @l
     let filetype = substitute(&filetype, '\.', '_', 'g')
-    
+
     if empty(list_parms)
         " Default the include group to include the requested syntax group
         let syntax_group_include_{filetype} = ''
         " Check if there are any overrides specified for this filetype
         if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_include_'.filetype)
             let syntax_group_include_{filetype} =
-                        \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype},'\s\+','','g') 
+                        \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype},'\s\+','','g')
             let list_parms = split(g:omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype}, ',')
             if syntax_group_include_{filetype} =~ '\w'
-                let syntax_group_include_{filetype} = 
-                            \ substitute( syntax_group_include_{filetype}, 
+                let syntax_group_include_{filetype} =
+                            \ substitute( syntax_group_include_{filetype},
                             \ '\s*,\s*', '\\|', 'g'
                             \ )
             endif
@@ -229,24 +282,34 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
     endif
 
     " Loop through all the syntax groupnames, and build a
-    " syntax file which contains these names.  This can 
+    " syntax file which contains these names.  This can
     " work generically for any filetype that does not already
     " have a plugin defined.
     " This ASSUMES the syntax groupname BEGINS with the name
-    " of the filetype.  From my casual viewing of the vim7\syntax 
+    " of the filetype.  From my casual viewing of the vim7\syntax
     " directory this is true for almost all syntax definitions.
     " As an example, the SQL syntax groups have this pattern:
     "     sqlType
     "     sqlOperators
     "     sqlKeyword ...
-    redir @l
-    silent! exec 'syntax list '.join(list_parms)
-    redir END
+    if !empty(list_parms) && empty(substitute(join(list_parms), '[a-zA-Z ]', '', 'g'))
+        " If list_parms only includes word characters, use it to limit
+        " the syntax elements.
+        " If using regex syntax list will fail to find those items, so
+        " simply grab the who syntax list.
+        redir @l
+        silent! exec 'syntax list '.join(list_parms)
+        redir END
+    else
+        redir @l
+        silent! exec 'syntax list'
+        redir END
+    endif
 
     let syntax_full = "\n".@l
     let @l = saveL
 
-    if syntax_full =~ 'E28' 
+    if syntax_full =~ 'E28'
                 \ || syntax_full =~ 'E411'
                 \ || syntax_full =~ 'E415'
                 \ || syntax_full =~ 'No Syntax items'
@@ -256,7 +319,7 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
     let filetype = substitute(&filetype, '\.', '_', 'g')
 
     let list_exclude_groups = []
-    if a:0 > 0 
+    if a:0 > 0
         " Do nothing since we have specific a specific list of groups
     else
         " Default the exclude group to nothing
@@ -264,93 +327,178 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
         " Check if there are any overrides specified for this filetype
         if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_'.filetype)
             let syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} =
-                        \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype},'\s\+','','g') 
+                        \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype},'\s\+','','g')
             let list_exclude_groups = split(g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype}, ',')
-            if syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} =~ '\w' 
-                let syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} = 
-                            \ substitute( syntax_group_exclude_{filetype}, 
+            if syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} =~ '\w'
+                let syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} =
+                            \ substitute( syntax_group_exclude_{filetype},
                             \ '\s*,\s*', '\\|', 'g'
                             \ )
             endif
         endif
     endif
 
-    " Sometimes filetypes can be composite names, like c.doxygen
-    " Loop through each individual part looking for the syntax
-    " items specific to each individual filetype.
+    if empty(list_parms)
+        let list_parms = [&filetype.'\w\+']
+    endif
+
     let syn_list = ''
-    let ftindex  = 0
-    let ftindex  = match(&filetype, '\w\+', ftindex)
+    let index    = 0
+    for group_regex in list_parms
+        " Sometimes filetypes can be composite names, like c.doxygen
+        " Loop through each individual part looking for the syntax
+        " items specific to each individual filetype.
+        " let ftindex  = 0
+        " let ftindex  = match(syntax_full, group_regex, ftindex)
 
-    while ftindex > -1
-        let ft_part_name = matchstr( &filetype, '\w\+', ftindex )
+        " while ftindex > -1
+            " let ft_part_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', ftindex )
 
-        " Syntax rules can contain items for more than just the current 
-        " filetype.  They can contain additional items added by the user
-        " via autocmds or their vimrc.
-        " Some syntax files can be combined (html, php, jsp).
-        " We want only items that begin with the filetype we are interested in.
-        let next_group_regex = '\n' .
-                    \ '\zs'.ft_part_name.'\w\+\ze'.
-                    \ '\s\+xxx\s\+' 
-        let index    = 0
-        let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
-
-        if index == -1 && exists('b:current_syntax') && ft_part_name != b:current_syntax
-            " There appears to be two standards when writing syntax files.
-            " Either items begin as:
-            "     syn keyword {filetype}Keyword         values ...
-            "     let b:current_syntax = "sql"
-            "     let b:current_syntax = "sqlanywhere"
-            " Or
-            "     syn keyword {syntax_filename}Keyword  values ...
-            "     let b:current_syntax = "mysql"
-            " So, we will make the format of finding the syntax group names
-            " a bit more flexible and look for both if the first fails to 
-            " find a match.
+            " Syntax rules can contain items for more than just the current
+            " filetype.  They can contain additional items added by the user
+            " via autocmds or their vimrc.
+            " Some syntax files can be combined (html, php, jsp).
+            " We want only items that begin with the filetype we are interested in.
             let next_group_regex = '\n' .
-                        \ '\zs'.b:current_syntax.'\w\+\ze'.
-                        \ '\s\+xxx\s\+' 
-            let index    = 0
+                        \ '\zs'.group_regex.'\ze'.
+                        \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
             let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
-        endif
 
-        while index > -1
-            let group_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', index )
-
-            let get_syn_list = 1
-            for exclude_group_name in list_exclude_groups
-                if '\<'.exclude_group_name.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
-                    let get_syn_list = 0
-                endif
-            endfor
-        
-            " This code is no longer needed in version 6.0 since we have
-            " augmented the syntax list command to only retrieve the syntax 
-            " groups we are interested in.
-            "
-            " if get_syn_list == 1
-            "     if syntax_group_include_{filetype} != ''
-            "         if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
-            "             let get_syn_list = 0
-            "         endif
-            "     endif
-            " endif
-
-            if get_syn_list == 1
-                " Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we 
-                " are interested in.
-                let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems(group_name, syntax_full)
-                let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
+            " For the matched group name, strip off any of the regex special
+            " characters and see if we get a match with the current syntax
+            if index == -1 && exists('b:current_syntax') && substitute(group_regex, '[^a-zA-Z ]\+.*', '', 'g') !~ '^'.b:current_syntax
+                " There appears to be two standards when writing syntax files.
+                " Either items begin as:
+                "     syn keyword {filetype}Keyword         values ...
+                "     let b:current_syntax = "sql"
+                "     let b:current_syntax = "sqlanywhere"
+                " Or
+                "     syn keyword {syntax_filename}Keyword  values ...
+                "     let b:current_syntax = "mysql"
+                " So, we will make the format of finding the syntax group names
+                " a bit more flexible and look for both if the first fails to
+                " find a match.
+                let next_group_regex = '\n' .
+                            \ '\zs'.b:current_syntax.'\w\+\ze'.
+                            \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
+                let index    = 0
+                let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
             endif
 
-            let index = index + strlen(group_name)
-            let index = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
-        endwhile
+            while index > -1
+                let group_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', index )
 
-        let ftindex  = ftindex + len(ft_part_name)
-        let ftindex  = match( &filetype, '\w\+', ftindex )
-    endwhile
+                let get_syn_list = 1
+                for exclude_group_name in list_exclude_groups
+                    if '\<'.exclude_group_name.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+                        let get_syn_list = 0
+                    endif
+                endfor
+
+                " This code is no longer needed in version 6.0 since we have
+                " augmented the syntax list command to only retrieve the syntax
+                " groups we are interested in.
+                "
+                " if get_syn_list == 1
+                "     if syntax_group_include_{filetype} != ''
+                "         if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+                "             let get_syn_list = 0
+                "         endif
+                "     endif
+                " endif
+
+                if get_syn_list == 1
+                    " Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we
+                    " are interested in.
+                    let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems(group_name, syntax_full)
+                    let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
+                endif
+
+                let index = index + strlen(group_name)
+                let index = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
+            endwhile
+
+            " let ftindex  = ftindex + len(ft_part_name)
+            " let ftindex  = match( syntax_full, group_regex, ftindex )
+        " endwhile
+    endfor
+
+"   " Sometimes filetypes can be composite names, like c.doxygen
+"   " Loop through each individual part looking for the syntax
+"   " items specific to each individual filetype.
+"   let syn_list = ''
+"   let ftindex  = 0
+"   let ftindex  = match(&filetype, '\w\+', ftindex)
+
+"   while ftindex > -1
+"       let ft_part_name = matchstr( &filetype, '\w\+', ftindex )
+
+"       " Syntax rules can contain items for more than just the current
+"       " filetype.  They can contain additional items added by the user
+"       " via autocmds or their vimrc.
+"       " Some syntax files can be combined (html, php, jsp).
+"       " We want only items that begin with the filetype we are interested in.
+"       let next_group_regex = '\n' .
+"                   \ '\zs'.ft_part_name.'\w\+\ze'.
+"                   \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
+"       let index    = 0
+"       let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
+
+"       if index == -1 && exists('b:current_syntax') && ft_part_name != b:current_syntax
+"           " There appears to be two standards when writing syntax files.
+"           " Either items begin as:
+"           "     syn keyword {filetype}Keyword         values ...
+"           "     let b:current_syntax = "sql"
+"           "     let b:current_syntax = "sqlanywhere"
+"           " Or
+"           "     syn keyword {syntax_filename}Keyword  values ...
+"           "     let b:current_syntax = "mysql"
+"           " So, we will make the format of finding the syntax group names
+"           " a bit more flexible and look for both if the first fails to
+"           " find a match.
+"           let next_group_regex = '\n' .
+"                       \ '\zs'.b:current_syntax.'\w\+\ze'.
+"                       \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
+"           let index    = 0
+"           let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
+"       endif
+
+"       while index > -1
+"           let group_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', index )
+
+"           let get_syn_list = 1
+"           for exclude_group_name in list_exclude_groups
+"               if '\<'.exclude_group_name.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+"                   let get_syn_list = 0
+"               endif
+"           endfor
+
+"           " This code is no longer needed in version 6.0 since we have
+"           " augmented the syntax list command to only retrieve the syntax
+"           " groups we are interested in.
+"           "
+"           " if get_syn_list == 1
+"           "     if syntax_group_include_{filetype} != ''
+"           "         if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+"           "             let get_syn_list = 0
+"           "         endif
+"           "     endif
+"           " endif
+
+"           if get_syn_list == 1
+"               " Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we
+"               " are interested in.
+"               let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems(group_name, syntax_full)
+"               let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
+"           endif
+
+"           let index = index + strlen(group_name)
+"           let index = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
+"       endwhile
+
+"       let ftindex  = ftindex + len(ft_part_name)
+"       let ftindex  = match( &filetype, '\w\+', ftindex )
+"   endwhile
 
     " Convert the string to a List and sort it.
     let compl_list = sort(split(syn_list))
@@ -392,7 +540,7 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
     "     \|           - 2nd potential match
     "     \%$          - matches end of the file or string
     "     \)           - end a group
-    let syntax_group = matchstr(a:syntax_full, 
+    let syntax_group = matchstr(a:syntax_full,
                 \ "\n".a:group_name.'\s\+xxx\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze\(\n\w\|\%$\)'
                 \ )
 
@@ -402,42 +550,97 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
 
         " We only want the words for the lines begining with
         " containedin, but there could be other items.
-        
+
         " Tried to remove all lines that do not begin with contained
         " but this does not work in all cases since you can have
         "    contained nextgroup=...
         " So this will strip off the ending of lines with known
         " keywords.
-        let syn_list = substitute( 
+        let syn_list = substitute(
                     \    syntax_group, '\<\('.
                     \    substitute(
                     \      escape(s:syn_remove_words, '\\/.*$^~[]')
                     \      , ',', '\\|', 'g'
                     \    ).
                     \    '\).\{-}\%($\|'."\n".'\)'
-                    \    , "\n", 'g' 
+                    \    , "\n", 'g'
                     \  )
 
+        " Attempt to deal with lines using the match syntax
+        " javaScriptDocTags xxx match /@\(param\|argument\|requires\|file\)\>/
+        " Though it can use any types of regex, so this plugin will attempt
+        " to restrict it
+        " 1.  Only use \( or \%( constructs remove all else
+        " 2   Remove and []s
+        " 3.  Account for match //constructs
+        "                       \%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?
+        " 4.  Hope for the best
+        "
+        "
+        let syn_list_old = syn_list
+        while syn_list =~ '\<match\>\s\+\/'
+            if syn_list =~ 'perlElseIfError'
+                let syn_list = syn_list
+            endif
+            " Check if the match has words at least 3 characters long
+            if syn_list =~ '\<match \/\zs.\{-}\<\w\{3,}\>.\{-}\ze\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+'
+                " Remove everything after / and before the first \(
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/\zs.\{-}\ze\\%\?(.\{-}\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+                " Remove everything after \) and up to the ending /
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/.\{-}\\)\zs.\{-}\ze\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+
+                " Remove any character classes
+                " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match /\zs.\{-}\[[^]]*\].\{-}\ze\/ ', '', 'g' )
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\%(\<match \/[^/]\{-}\)\@<=\[[^]]*\]\ze.\{-}\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?', '', 'g' )
+                " Remove any words < 3 characters
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\%(\<match \/[^/]\{-}\)\@<=\<\w\{1,2}\>\ze.\{-}\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+                " Remove all non-word characters
+                " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match /\zs.\{-}\<\W\+\>.\{-}\ze\/ ', "", 'g' )
+                " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\%(\<match \/[^/]\{-}\)\@<=\W\+\ze.\{-}\/ ', ' ', 'g' )
+                " Do this by using the outer substitue() call to gather all
+                " text between the match /.../ tags.
+                " The inner substitute() call operates on the text selected
+                " and replaces all non-word characters.
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/\zs\(.\{-}\)\ze\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+'
+                            \ , '\=substitute(submatch(1), "\\W\\+", " ", "g")'
+                            \ , 'g' )
+                " Remove the match / / syntax
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/\(.\{-}\)\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '\1', 'g' )
+            else
+                " No words long enough, remove the match
+                " Remove the match syntax
+                " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/[^\/]*\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/\%(.\{-}\)\?\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+            endif
+            if syn_list =~ '\<match\>\s\+\/'
+                " Problem removing the match / / tags
+                let syn_list = ''
+            endif
+        endwhile
+
+
         " Now strip off the newline + blank space + contained.
         " Also include lines with nextgroup=@someName skip_key_words syntax_element
-        let syn_list = substitute( 
-                    \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\|nextgroup=\)'
-                    \    , "", 'g' 
+                    " \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\|nextgroup=\)'
+                    " \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\|nextgroup=[@a-zA-Z,]*\)'
+        let syn_list = substitute(
+                    \    syn_list, '\<\(contained\|nextgroup=[@a-zA-Z,]*\)'
+                    \    , "", 'g'
                     \ )
 
         " This can leave lines like this
         "     =@vimMenuList  skipwhite onoremenu
         " Strip the special option keywords first
         "     :h :syn-skipwhite*
-        let syn_list = substitute( 
+        let syn_list = substitute(
                     \    syn_list, '\<\(skipwhite\|skipnl\|skipempty\)\>'
-                    \    , "", 'g' 
+                    \    , "", 'g'
                     \ )
 
         " Now remove the remainder of the nextgroup=@someName lines
-        let syn_list = substitute( 
+        let syn_list = substitute(
                     \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\(@\w\+\)'
-                    \    , "", 'g' 
+                    \    , "", 'g'
                     \ )
 
         if b:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword == 0
@@ -446,19 +649,74 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
             " This will replace non-word characters with spaces.
             let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '[^0-9A-Za-z_ ]', ' ', 'g' )
         else
-            let accept_chars = ','.&iskeyword.','
-            " Remove all character ranges
-            " let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',[^,]\+-[^,]\+,', ',', 'g')
-            let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\@<=[^,]\+-[^,]\+,', '', 'g')
-            " Remove all numeric specifications
-            " let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\d\{-},', ',', 'g')
-            let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\@<=\d\{-},', '', 'g')
-            " Remove all commas
-            let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',', '', 'g')
-            " Escape special regex characters
-            let accept_chars = escape(accept_chars, '\\/.*$^~[]' )
-            " Remove all characters that are not acceptable
-            let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '[^0-9A-Za-z_ '.accept_chars.']', ' ', 'g' )
+            if g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword_numeric == 1
+                " iskeyword can contain value like this
+                " 38,42,43,45,47-58,60-62,64-90,97-122,_,+,-,*,/,%,<,=,>,:,$,?,!,@-@,94
+                " Numeric values convert to their ASCII equivalent using the
+                " nr2char() function.
+                "     &       38
+                "     *       42
+                "     +       43
+                "     -       45
+                "     ^       94
+                " Iterate through all numeric specifications and convert those
+                " to their ascii equivalent ensuring the character is printable.
+                " If so, add it to the list.
+                let accepted_chars = ''
+                for item in split(&iskeyword, ',')
+                    if item =~ '\d-\d'
+                        " This is a character range (ie 47-58),
+                        " cycle through each character within the range
+                        let [b:start, b:end] = split(item, '-')
+                        for range_item in range( b:start, b:end )
+                            if range_item <= 127 || g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte == 0
+                                if nr2char(range_item) =~ '\p'
+                                    let accepted_chars = accepted_chars . nr2char(range_item)
+                                endif
+                            endif
+                        endfor
+                    elseif item =~ '^\d\+$'
+                        " Only numeric, translate to a character
+                        if item < 127 || g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte == 0
+                            if nr2char(item) =~ '\p'
+                                let accepted_chars = accepted_chars . nr2char(item)
+                            endif
+                        endif
+                    else
+                        if char2nr(item) < 127 || g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte == 0
+                            if item =~ '\p'
+                                let accepted_chars = accepted_chars . item
+                            endif
+                        endif
+                    endif
+                endfor
+                " Escape special regex characters
+                " Looks like the wrong chars are escaped.  In a collection,
+                "      :h /[]
+                "      only `]', `\', `-' and `^' are special:
+                " let accepted_chars = escape(accepted_chars, '\\/.*$^~[]' )
+                let accepted_chars = escape(accepted_chars, ']\-^' )
+                " Remove all characters that are not acceptable
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '[^A-Za-z'.accepted_chars.']', ' ', 'g' )
+            else
+                let accept_chars = ','.&iskeyword.','
+                " Remove all character ranges
+                " let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',[^,]\+-[^,]\+,', ',', 'g')
+                let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\@<=[^,]\+-[^,]\+,', '', 'g')
+                " Remove all numeric specifications
+                " let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\d\{-},', ',', 'g')
+                let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\@<=\d\{-},', '', 'g')
+                " Remove all commas
+                let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',', '', 'g')
+                " Escape special regex characters
+                " Looks like the wrong chars are escaped.  In a collection,
+                "      :h /[]
+                "      only `]', `\', `-' and `^' are special:
+                " let accept_chars = escape(accept_chars, '\\/.*$^~[]' )
+                let accept_chars = escape(accept_chars, ']\-^' )
+                " Remove all characters that are not acceptable
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '[^0-9A-Za-z_'.accept_chars.']', ' ', 'g' )
+            endif
         endif
 
         if b:omni_syntax_minimum_length > 0
@@ -471,3 +729,27 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
 
     return syn_list
 endfunction
+
+function! OmniSyntaxShowChars(spec)
+  let result = []
+  for item in split(a:spec, ',')
+    if len(item) > 1
+      if item == '@-@'
+        call add(result, char2nr(item))
+      else
+        call extend(result, call('range', split(item, '-')))
+      endif
+    else
+      if item == '@'  " assume this is [A-Za-z]
+        for [c1, c2] in [['A', 'Z'], ['a', 'z']]
+          call extend(result, range(char2nr(c1), char2nr(c2)))
+        endfor
+      else
+        call add(result, char2nr(item))
+      endif
+    endif
+  endfor
+  return join(map(result, 'nr2char(v:val)'), ', ')
+endfunction
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/autoload/tar.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 " tar.vim: Handles browsing tarfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:			Jan 17, 2012
-" Version:		28
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" Date:			Apr 17, 2013
+" Version:		29
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:		Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 "
 "	Contains many ideas from Michael Toren's <tar.vim>
 "
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tar")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_tar= "v28"
+let g:loaded_tar= "v29"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of tar needs vim 7.2"
@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ if v:version < 702
 endif
 let s:keepcpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
+"DechoTabOn
 "call Decho("loading autoload/tar.vim")
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -80,7 +81,7 @@ endif
 
 " set up shell quoting character
 if !exists("g:tar_shq")
- if exists("&shq") && &shq != ""
+ if exists("+shq") && exists("&shq") && &shq != ""
   let g:tar_shq= &shq
  elseif has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
   if exists("g:netrw_cygwin") && g:netrw_cygwin
@@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   keepj $
 
   let tarfile= a:tarfile
-  if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
+  if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
    " assuming cygwin
    let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
@@ -227,7 +228,7 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
   " about to make a new window, need to use b:tarfile
   let tarfile= b:tarfile
   let curfile= expand("%")
-  if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
+  if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
    " assuming cygwin
    let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
@@ -239,6 +240,8 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
   let s:tblfile_{winnr()}= curfile
   call tar#Read("tarfile:".tarfile.'::'.fname,1)
   filetype detect
+  set nomod
+  exe 'com! -buffer -nargs=? -complete=file TarDiff	:call tar#Diff(<q-args>,"'.fnameescape(fname).'")'
 
   let &report= repkeep
 "  call Dret("TarBrowseSelect : s:tblfile_".winnr()."<".s:tblfile_{winnr()}.">")
@@ -252,7 +255,7 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   set report=10
   let tarfile = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:\(.\{-}\)::.*$','\1','')
   let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:.\{-}::\(.*\)$','\1','')
-  if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
+  if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
    " assuming cygwin
    let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
@@ -425,7 +428,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
  
    if fname =~ '/'
     let dirpath = substitute(fname,'/[^/]\+$','','e')
-    if executable("cygpath")
+    if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
      let dirpath = substitute(system("cygpath ".shellescape(dirpath, 0)),'\n','','e')
     endif
     call mkdir(dirpath,"p")
@@ -445,7 +448,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
     let tar_secure= " "
    endif
    exe "w! ".fnameescape(fname)
-   if executable("cygpath")
+   if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
     let tarfile = substitute(system("cygpath ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n','','e')
    endif
  
@@ -500,6 +503,30 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
 "  call Dret("tar#Write")
 endfun
 
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" tar#Diff: {{{2
+fun! tar#Diff(userfname,fname)
+"  call Dfunc("tar#Diff(userfname<".a:userfname."> fname<".a:fname.")")
+  let fname= a:fname
+  if a:userfname != ""
+   let fname= a:userfname
+  endif
+  if filereadable(fname)
+   " sets current file (from tarball) for diff'ing
+   " splits window vertically
+   " opens original file, sets it for diff'ing
+   " sets up b:tardiff_otherbuf variables so each buffer knows about the other (for closing purposes)
+   diffthis
+   wincmd v
+   exe "e ".fnameescape(fname)
+   diffthis
+  else
+   redraw!
+   echo "***warning*** unable to read file<".fname.">"
+  endif
+"  call Dret("tar#Diff")
+endfun
+
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " s:Rmdir: {{{2
 fun! s:Rmdir(fname)

runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for the tohtml plugin.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2012 Jun 30
+" Last Change: 2013 May 31
 "
 " Additional contributors:
 "
@@ -401,13 +401,13 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   call add(html, '</head>')
   let body_line_num = len(html)
   if !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
-    call add(html, "<body onload='FixCharWidth();'>")
+    call add(html, "<body onload='FixCharWidth(); JumpToLine();'>")
     call add(html, "<!-- hidden divs used by javascript to get the width of a char -->")
     call add(html, "<div id='oneCharWidth'>0</div>")
     call add(html, "<div id='oneInputWidth'><input size='1' value='0'".tag_close."</div>")
     call add(html, "<div id='oneEmWidth' style='width: 1em;'></div>")
   else
-    call add(html, '<body>')
+    call add(html, '<body onload="JumpToLine();">')
   endif
   call add(html, "<table border='1' width='100%' id='vimCodeElement'>")
 
@@ -503,6 +503,11 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   call add(html, s:body_end_line)
   call add(html, '</html>')
 
+  " The generated HTML is admittedly ugly and takes a LONG time to fold.
+  " Make sure the user doesn't do syntax folding when loading a generated file,
+  " using a modeline.
+  call add(html, '<!-- vim: set foldmethod=manual : -->')
+
   let i = 1
   let name = "Diff" . (s:settings.use_xhtml ? ".xhtml" : ".html")
   " Find an unused file name if current file name is already in use
@@ -539,14 +544,12 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " add required javascript in reverse order so we can just call append again
     " and again without adjusting {{{
 
-    " insert script closing tag if any javascript is needed
-    if s:settings.dynamic_folds || !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ '',
-	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : '-->',
-	    \ "</script>"
-	    \ ])
-    endif
+    " insert script closing tag
+    call append(style_start, [
+	  \ '',
+	  \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : '-->',
+	  \ "</script>"
+	  \ ])
 
     " insert script which corrects the size of small input elements in
     " prevent_copy mode. See 2html.vim for details on why this is needed and how
@@ -572,6 +575,55 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
 	    \ '}'
 	    \ ])
     endif
+    "
+    " insert javascript to get IDs from line numbers, and to open a fold before
+    " jumping to any lines contained therein
+    call append(style_start, [
+	  \ "  /* Always jump to new location even if the line was hidden inside a fold, or",
+	  \ "   * we corrected the raw number to a line ID.",
+	  \ "   */",
+	  \ "  if (lineElem) {",
+	  \ "    lineElem.scrollIntoView(true);",
+	  \ "  }",
+	  \ "  return true;",
+	  \ "}",
+	  \ "if ('onhashchange' in window) {",
+	  \ "  window.onhashchange = JumpToLine;",
+	  \ "}"
+	  \ ])
+    if s:settings.dynamic_folds
+      call append(style_start, [
+	    \ "",
+	    \ "  /* navigate upwards in the DOM tree to open all folds containing the line */",
+	    \ "  var node = lineElem;",
+	    \ "  while (node && node.id != 'vimCodeElement')",
+	    \ "  {",
+	    \ "    if (node.className == 'closed-fold')",
+	    \ "    {",
+	    \ "      /* toggle open the fold ID (remove window ID) */",
+	    \ "      toggleFold(node.id.substr(4));",
+	    \ "    }",
+	    \ "    node = node.parentNode;",
+	    \ "  }",
+	    \ ])
+    endif
+    call append(style_start, [
+	  \ "",
+	  \ "/* function to open any folds containing a jumped-to line before jumping to it */",
+	  \ "function JumpToLine()",
+	  \ "{",
+	  \ "  var lineNum;",
+	  \ "  lineNum = window.location.hash;",
+	  \ "  lineNum = lineNum.substr(1); /* strip off '#' */",
+	  \ "",
+	  \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('L') == -1) {",
+	  \ "    lineNum = 'L'+lineNum;",
+	  \ "  }",
+	  \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('W') == -1) {",
+	  \ "    lineNum = 'W1'+lineNum;",
+	  \ "  }",
+	  \ "  lineElem = document.getElementById(lineNum);"
+	  \ ])
 
     " Insert javascript to toggle matching folds open and closed in all windows,
     " if dynamic folding is active.
@@ -596,12 +648,11 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
 	    \ ])
     endif
 
-    " insert script tag if any javascript is needed
-    if s:settings.dynamic_folds || s:settings.prevent_copy != ""
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ "<script type='text/javascript'>",
-	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "<!--"])
-    endif "}}}
+    " insert script tag; javascript is always needed for the line number
+    " normalization for URL hashes
+    call append(style_start, [
+	  \ "<script type='text/javascript'>",
+	  \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "<!--"])
 
     " Insert styles from all the generated html documents and additional styles
     " for the table-based layout of the side-by-side diff. The diff should take

runtime/autoload/zip.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:		Jan 17, 2012
-" Version:	25
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" Date:		Apr 17, 2013
+" Version:	26
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2012 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2012 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_zip= "v25"
+let g:loaded_zip= "v26"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of zip needs vim 7.2"
@@ -188,13 +188,23 @@ fun! zip#Read(fname,mode)
   else
    let zipfile = substitute(a:fname,'^.\{-}zipfile:\(.\{-}\)::[^\\].*$','\1','')
    let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'^.\{-}zipfile:.\{-}::\([^\\].*\)$','\1','')
-   let fname = substitute(fname, '[', '[[]', 'g')
+   let fname   = substitute(fname, '[', '[[]', 'g')
   endif
 "  call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile.">")
 "  call Decho("fname  <".fname.">")
 
-"  call Decho("exe r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1))
-  exe "keepj sil! r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1)
+  " the following code does much the same thing as
+  "   exe "keepj sil! r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1)
+  " but allows zipfile:... entries in quickfix lists
+  let temp = tempname()
+  let fn   = expand('%:p')
+  exe "sil! !".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1).' > '.temp
+"  call Decho("exe sil! !".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1).' > '.temp)
+  sil exe 'keepalt file '.temp
+  sil keepj e!
+  sil exe 'keepalt file '.fnameescape(fn)
+  call delete(temp)
+
   filetype detect
 
   " cleanup
@@ -267,7 +277,7 @@ fun! zip#Write(fname)
 
   if fname =~ '/'
    let dirpath = substitute(fname,'/[^/]\+$','','e')
-   if executable("cygpath")
+   if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
     let dirpath = substitute(system("cygpath ".s:Escape(dirpath,0)),'\n','','e')
    endif
 "   call Decho("mkdir(dirpath<".dirpath.">,p)")
@@ -279,7 +289,7 @@ fun! zip#Write(fname)
 "  call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile."> fname<".fname.">")
 
   exe "w! ".fnameescape(fname)
-  if executable("cygpath")
+  if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
    let zipfile = substitute(system("cygpath ".s:Escape(zipfile,0)),'\n','','e')
   endif
 

runtime/colors/koehler.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " vim: tw=0 ts=4 sw=4
 " Vim color file
 " Maintainer:	Ron Aaron <ron@ronware.org>
-" Last Change:	2006 Dec 10
+" Last Change:	2013 May 23
 
 hi clear
 set background=dark
@@ -43,6 +43,8 @@ hi MatchParen	  term=reverse  ctermfg=blue guibg=Blue
 hi TabLine		  term=bold,reverse  cterm=bold ctermfg=lightblue ctermbg=white gui=bold guifg=blue guibg=white
 hi TabLineFill	  term=bold,reverse  cterm=bold ctermfg=lightblue ctermbg=white gui=bold guifg=blue guibg=white
 hi TabLineSel	  term=reverse	ctermfg=white ctermbg=lightblue guifg=white guibg=blue
+hi Underlined	  term=underline cterm=bold,underline ctermfg=lightblue guifg=lightblue gui=bold,underline
+hi Ignore		  ctermfg=black ctermbg=black guifg=black guibg=black
 hi link IncSearch		Visual
 hi link String			Constant
 hi link Character		Constant

runtime/colors/ron.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " vim: tw=0 ts=4 sw=4
 " Vim color file
 " Maintainer:	Ron Aaron <ron@ronware.org>
-" Last Change:	2003 May 02
+" Last Change:	2013 May 24
 
 set background=dark
 hi clear
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ if exists("syntax_on")
 endif
 let g:colors_name = "ron"
 hi Normal		guifg=cyan	guibg=black
-hi NonText		guifg=brown
+hi NonText		guifg=yellow guibg=#303030
 hi comment		guifg=green
 hi constant		guifg=cyan	gui=bold
 hi identifier	guifg=cyan	gui=NONE
@@ -24,10 +24,11 @@ hi WarningMsg	guifg=Black	guibg=Green
 hi Error		guibg=Red
 hi Todo			guifg=Black	guibg=orange
 hi Cursor		guibg=#60a060 guifg=#00ff00
-hi Search		guibg=lightslateblue
+hi Search		guibg=darkgray guifg=black gui=bold 
 hi IncSearch	gui=NONE guibg=steelblue
 hi LineNr		guifg=darkgrey
 hi title		guifg=darkgrey
+hi ShowMarksHL ctermfg=cyan ctermbg=lightblue cterm=bold guifg=yellow guibg=black  gui=bold
 hi StatusLineNC	gui=NONE guifg=lightblue guibg=darkblue
 hi StatusLine	gui=bold	guifg=cyan	guibg=blue
 hi label		guifg=gold2
@@ -41,3 +42,4 @@ hi DiffDelete   guibg=coral
 hi Folded		guibg=gray30
 hi FoldColumn	guibg=gray30 guifg=white
 hi cIf0			guifg=gray
+hi diffOnly	guifg=red gui=bold

runtime/compiler/haml.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "haml"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=haml\ -c
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+      \Haml\ %trror\ on\ line\ %l:\ %m,
+      \Syntax\ %trror\ on\ line\ %l:\ %m,
+      \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim:set sw=2 sts=2:

runtime/compiler/msbuild.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Microsoft Visual Studio C#
+" Maintainer:	Chiel ten Brinke (ctje92@gmail.com)
+" Last Change:	2013 May 13
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "msbuild"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=\ %#%f(%l\\\,%c):\ %m
+CompilerSet makeprg=msbuild\ /nologo\ /v:q\ /property:GenerateFullPaths=true
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/sass.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "sass"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=sass\ -c
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+      \%f:%l:%m\ (Sass::Syntax%trror),
+      \%ESyntax\ %trror:%m,
+      \%C%\\s%\\+on\ line\ %l\ of\ %f,
+      \%Z%.%#,
+      \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim:set sw=2 sts=2:

runtime/compiler/xbuild.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Mono C#
+" Maintainer:	Chiel ten Brinke (ctje92@gmail.com)
+" Last Change:	2013 May 13
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+
+let current_compiler = "xbuild"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=\ %#%f(%l\\\,%c):\ %m
+CompilerSet makeprg=xbuild\ /nologo\ /v:q\ /property:GenerateFullPaths=true
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jul 10
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -263,8 +263,10 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 	Startup and exit
 |VimEnter|		after doing all the startup stuff
 |GUIEnter|		after starting the GUI successfully
+|GUIFailed|		after starting the GUI failed
 |TermResponse|		after the terminal response to |t_RV| is received
 
+|QuitPre|		when using `:quit`, before deciding whether to quit
 |VimLeavePre|		before exiting Vim, before writing the viminfo file
 |VimLeave|		before exiting Vim, after writing the viminfo file
 
@@ -312,6 +314,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |SessionLoadPost|	after loading a session file
 
 |MenuPopup|		just before showing the popup menu
+|CompleteDone|		after Insert mode completion is done
 
 |User|			to be used in combination with ":doautocmd"
 
@@ -516,8 +519,9 @@ CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal mode.
 				Not triggered when there is typeahead or when
 				an operator is pending.
 				For an example see |match-parens|.
-				Careful: Don't do anything that the user does
-				not expect or that is slow.
+				Careful: This is triggered very often, don't
+				do anything that the user does not expect or
+				that is slow.
 							*CursorMovedI*
 CursorMovedI			After the cursor was moved in Insert mode.
 				Not triggered when the popup menu is visible.
@@ -687,8 +691,11 @@ InsertCharPre			When a character is typed in Insert mode,
 InsertEnter			Just before starting Insert mode.  Also for
 				Replace mode and Virtual Replace mode.  The
 				|v:insertmode| variable indicates the mode.
-				Be careful not to move the cursor or do
-				anything else that the user does not expect.
+				Be careful not to do anything else that the
+				user does not expect.
+				The cursor is restored afterwards.  If you do
+				not want that set |v:char| to a non-empty
+				string.
 							*InsertLeave*
 InsertLeave			When leaving Insert mode.  Also when using
 				CTRL-O |i_CTRL-O|.  But not for |i_CTRL-C|.
@@ -727,11 +734,11 @@ QuickFixCmdPost			Like QuickFixCmdPre, but after a quickfix
 				moving to the first error. 
 				See |QuickFixCmdPost-example|.
 							*QuitPre*
-QuitPre				When using `:quit`, before deciding whether it
-				closes the current window or quits Vim.  Can
-				be used to close any non-essential window if
-				the current window is the last ordinary
-				window.
+QuitPre				When using `:quit`, `:wq` or `:qall`, before
+				deciding whether it closes the current window
+				or quits Vim.  Can be used to close any
+				non-essential window if the current window is
+				the last ordinary window.
 							*RemoteReply*
 RemoteReply			When a reply from a Vim that functions as
 				server was received |server2client()|.  The
@@ -828,12 +835,27 @@ TermResponse			After the response to |t_RV| is received from
 				triggered halfway executing another event,
 				especially if file I/O, a shell command or
 				anything else that takes time is involved.
+							*TextChanged*
+TextChanged			After a change was made to the text in the
+				current buffer in Normal mode.  That is when
+				|b:changedtick| has changed.
+				Not triggered when there is typeahead or when
+				an operator is pending.
+				Careful: This is triggered very often, don't
+				do anything that the user does not expect or
+				that is slow.
+							*TextChangedI*
+TextChangedI			After a change was made to the text in the
+				current buffer in Insert mode.
+				Not triggered when the popup menu is visible.
+				Otherwise the same as TextChanged.
 							*User*
 User				Never executed automatically.  To be used for
 				autocommands that are only executed with
 				":doautocmd".
 							*UserGettingBored*
-UserGettingBored		When the user hits CTRL-C.  Just kidding! :-)
+UserGettingBored		When the user presses the same key 42 times.
+				Just kidding! :-)
 							*VimEnter*
 VimEnter			After doing all the startup stuff, including
 				loading .vimrc files, executing the "-c cmd"

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 08
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -598,8 +598,11 @@ For other systems the tmpnam() library function is used.
 			the flags.
 
 								*g&*
-g&			Synonym for `:%s//~/&` (repeat last substitute on all
-			lines with the same flags).
+g&			Synonym for `:%s//~/&` (repeat last substitute with
+			last search pattern on all lines with the same flags).
+			For example, when you first do a substitution with
+			`:s/pattern/repl/flags` and then `/search` for
+			something else, `g&` will do `:%s/search/repl/flags`.
 			Mnemonic: global substitute. {not in Vi}
 
 						*:snomagic* *:sno*
@@ -781,6 +784,11 @@ Examples: >
   :s/abcde/abc^Mde/		 modifies "abcde"    to "abc", "de" (two lines)
   :s/$/\^M/			 modifies "abcde"    to "abcde^M"
   :s/\w\+/\u\0/g		 modifies "bla bla"  to "Bla Bla"
+  :s/\w\+/\L\u/g		 modifies "BLA bla"  to "Bla Bla"
+
+Note: "\L\u" can be used to capitalize the first letter of a word.  This is
+not compatible with Vi and older versions of Vim, where the "\u" would cancel
+out the "\L". Same for "\U\l".
 
 Note: In previous versions CTRL-V was handled in a special way.  Since this is
 not Vi compatible, this was removed.  Use a backslash instead.

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jun 20
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ CTRL-\ e {expr}						*c_CTRL-\_e*
 			   :return cmd
 			:endfunc
 <		This doesn't work recursively, thus not when already editing
-		an expression.
+		an expression.  But it is possible to use in a mapping.
 
 							*c_CTRL-Y*
 CTRL-Y		When there is a modeless selection, copy the selection into
@@ -714,10 +714,15 @@ three lines: >
 Visual Mode and Range					*v_:*
 
 {Visual}:	Starts a command-line with the Visual selected lines as a
-		range.  The code ":'<,'>" is used for this range, which makes
+		range.  The code `:'<,'>` is used for this range, which makes
 		it possible to select a similar line from the command-line
 		history for repeating a command on different Visually selected
 		lines.
+		When Visual mode was already ended, a short way to use the
+		Visual area for a range is `:*`.  This requires that "*" does
+		not appear in 'cpo', see |cpo-star|.  Otherwise you will have
+		to type `:'<,'>`
+
 
 ==============================================================================
 5. Ex command-line flags				*ex-flags*
@@ -959,7 +964,7 @@ for the file "$home" in the root directory.  A few examples:
 	\\$home		file "\\", followed by expanded $home
 
 ==============================================================================
-6. Command-line window				*cmdline-window* *cmdwin*
+7. Command-line window				*cmdline-window* *cmdwin*
 							*command-line-window*
 In the command-line window the command line can be edited just like editing
 text in any window.  It is a special kind of window, because you cannot leave

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 10
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ code.
 Vim is open source software.  Everybody is encouraged to contribute to help
 improving Vim.  For sending patches a context diff "diff -c" is preferred.
 Also see http://www.vim.org/tips/tip.php?tip_id=618.
+Also see http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/How_to_make_and_submit_a_patch.
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Design goals						*design-goals*

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 08
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Sep 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -86,16 +86,16 @@ diff mode.  You could use a construct like this: >
 While already in Vim you can start diff mode in three ways.
 
 							*E98*
-:diffsplit {filename}					*:diffs* *:diffsplit*
+:diffs[plit] {filename}					*:diffs* *:diffsplit*
 		Open a new window on the file {filename}.  The options are set
 		as for "vimdiff" for the current and the newly opened window.
 		Also see 'diffexpr'.
 
 							*:difft* *:diffthis*
-:diffthis	Make the current window part of the diff windows.  This sets
+:difft[his]	Make the current window part of the diff windows.  This sets
 		the options like for "vimdiff".
 
-:diffpatch {patchfile}				 *E816* *:diffp* *:diffpatch*
+:diffp[atch] {patchfile}				 *E816* *:diffp* *:diffpatch*
 		Use the current buffer, patch it with the diff found in
 		{patchfile} and open a buffer on the result.  The options are
 		set as for "vimdiff".
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ Since the option values are remembered with the buffer, you can edit another
 file for a moment and come back to the same file and be in diff mode again.
 
 							*:diffo* *:diffoff*
-:diffoff	Switch off diff mode for the current window.
+:diffo[ff]	Switch off diff mode for the current window.
 
-:diffoff!	Switch off diff mode for the current window and in all windows
+:diffo[ff]!	Switch off diff mode for the current window and in all windows
 		in the current tab page where 'diff' is set.
 
 The ":diffoff" command resets the relevant options to their default value.
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ The diffs are highlighted with these groups:
 				that parts in the middle that are still the
 				same are highlighted anyway.  Only "iwhite" of
 				'diffopt' is used here.
-|hl-DiffDelete| DiffDelete	Deleted lines.  Also called filler lines,
+|hl-DiffDelete|	DiffDelete	Deleted lines.  Also called filler lines,
 				because they don't really exist in this
 				buffer.
 

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 08
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Feb 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ external command, by using the syntax `={expr}` e.g.: >
 	:e `=tempname()`
 The expression can contain just about anything, thus this can also be used to
 avoid the special meaning of '"', '|', '%' and '#'.  However, 'wildignore'
-does apply like to other wildcars.
+does apply like to other wildcards.
 If the expression returns a string then names are to be separated with line
 breaks.  When the result is a |List| then each item is used as a name.  Line
 breaks also separate names.

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 02
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ For boolean operators Numbers are used.  Zero is FALSE, non-zero is TRUE.
 Note that in the command >
 	:if "foo"
 "foo" is converted to 0, which means FALSE.  To test for a non-empty string,
-use strlen(): >
-	:if strlen("foo")
+use empty(): >
+	:if !empty("foo")
 <				*E745* *E728* *E703* *E729* *E730* *E731*
 List, Dictionary and Funcref types are not automatically converted.
 
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ This removes all entries from "dict" with a value not matching 'x'.
 
 
 Dictionary function ~
-					*Dictionary-function* *self* *E725*
+				*Dictionary-function* *self* *E725* *E862*
 When a function is defined with the "dict" attribute it can be used in a
 special way with a dictionary.	Example: >
 	:function Mylen() dict
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ of a |List| is different from the original |List|.  When using "is" without
 a |List| or a |Dictionary| it is equivalent to using "equal", using "isnot"
 equivalent to using "not equal".  Except that a different type means the
 values are different: "4 == '4'" is true, "4 is '4'" is false and "0 is []" is
-false and not a error. "is#"/"isnot#" and "is?"/"isnot?" can be used to match
+false and not an error. "is#"/"isnot#" and "is?"/"isnot?" can be used to match
 and ignore case.
 
 When comparing a String with a Number, the String is converted to a Number,
@@ -1150,14 +1150,14 @@ delete all script-local variables: >
 	:    unlet s:[k]
 	:endfor
 <
-						*buffer-variable* *b:var*
+						*buffer-variable* *b:var* *b:*
 A variable name that is preceded with "b:" is local to the current buffer.
 Thus you can have several "b:foo" variables, one for each buffer.
 This kind of variable is deleted when the buffer is wiped out or deleted with
 |:bdelete|.
 
 One local buffer variable is predefined:
-					*b:changedtick-variable* *changetick*
+					*b:changedtick* *changetick*
 b:changedtick	The total number of changes to the current buffer.  It is
 		incremented for each change.  An undo command is also a change
 		in this case.  This can be used to perform an action only when
@@ -1167,21 +1167,21 @@ b:changedtick	The total number of changes to the current buffer.  It is
 		    :	call My_Update()
 		    :endif
 <
-						*window-variable* *w:var*
+						*window-variable* *w:var* *w:*
 A variable name that is preceded with "w:" is local to the current window.  It
 is deleted when the window is closed.
 
-						*tabpage-variable* *t:var*
+						*tabpage-variable* *t:var* *t:*
 A variable name that is preceded with "t:" is local to the current tab page,
 It is deleted when the tab page is closed. {not available when compiled
 without the |+windows| feature}
 
-						*global-variable* *g:var*
+						*global-variable* *g:var* *g:*
 Inside functions global variables are accessed with "g:".  Omitting this will
 access a variable local to a function.	But "g:" can also be used in any other
 place if you like.
 
-						*local-variable* *l:var*
+						*local-variable* *l:var* *l:*
 Inside functions local variables are accessed without prepending anything.
 But you can also prepend "l:" if you like.  However, without prepending "l:"
 you may run into reserved variable names.  For example "count".  By itself it
@@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ Note that this means that filetype plugins don't get a different set of script
 variables for each buffer.  Use local buffer variables instead |b:var|.
 
 
-Predefined Vim variables:			*vim-variable* *v:var*
+Predefined Vim variables:			*vim-variable* *v:var* *v:*
 
 					*v:beval_col* *beval_col-variable*
 v:beval_col	The number of the column, over which the mouse pointer is.
@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ v:beval_winnr	The number of the window, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
 					*v:char* *char-variable*
 v:char		Argument for evaluating 'formatexpr' and used for the typed
 		character when using <expr> in an abbreviation |:map-<expr>|.
-		It is also used by the |InsertCharPre| event.
+		It is also used by the |InsertCharPre| and |InsertEnter| events.
 
 			*v:charconvert_from* *charconvert_from-variable*
 v:charconvert_from
@@ -1716,7 +1716,7 @@ call( {func}, {arglist} [, {dict}])
 				any	call {func} with arguments {arglist}
 ceil( {expr})			Float	round {expr} up
 changenr()			Number	current change number
-char2nr( {expr})		Number	ASCII value of first char in {expr}
+char2nr( {expr}[, {utf8}])	Number	ASCII/UTF8 value of first char in {expr}
 cindent( {lnum})		Number	C indent for line {lnum}
 clearmatches()			none	clear all matches
 col( {expr})			Number	column nr of cursor or mark
@@ -1777,7 +1777,8 @@ get( {list}, {idx} [, {def}])	any	get item {idx} from {list} or {def}
 get( {dict}, {key} [, {def}])	any	get item {key} from {dict} or {def}
 getbufline( {expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
 				List	lines {lnum} to {end} of buffer {expr}
-getbufvar( {expr}, {varname})	any	variable {varname} in buffer {expr}
+getbufvar( {expr}, {varname} [, {def}])
+				any	variable {varname} in buffer {expr}
 getchar( [expr])		Number	get one character from the user
 getcharmod( )			Number	modifiers for the last typed character
 getcmdline()			String	return the current command-line
@@ -1798,12 +1799,14 @@ getpos( {expr})			List	position of cursor, mark, etc.
 getqflist()			List	list of quickfix items
 getreg( [{regname} [, 1]])	String	contents of register
 getregtype( [{regname}])	String	type of register
-gettabvar( {nr}, {varname})	any	variable {varname} in tab {nr}
-gettabwinvar( {tabnr}, {winnr}, {name})
+gettabvar( {nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
+				any	variable {varname} in tab {nr} or {def}
+gettabwinvar( {tabnr}, {winnr}, {name} [, {def}])
 				any	{name} in {winnr} in tab page {tabnr}
 getwinposx()			Number	X coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
 getwinposy()			Number	Y coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
-getwinvar( {nr}, {varname})	any	variable {varname} in window {nr}
+getwinvar( {nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
+				any	variable {varname} in window {nr}
 glob( {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
 				any	expand file wildcards in {expr}
 globpath( {path}, {expr} [, {flag}])
@@ -1873,7 +1876,7 @@ mkdir( {name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
 mode( [expr])			String	current editing mode
 mzeval( {expr})			any	evaluate |MzScheme| expression
 nextnonblank( {lnum})		Number	line nr of non-blank line >= {lnum}
-nr2char( {expr})		String	single char with ASCII value {expr}
+nr2char( {expr}[, {utf8}])	String	single char with ASCII/UTF8 value {expr}
 or( {expr}, {expr})		Number  bitwise OR
 pathshorten( {expr})		String	shorten directory names in a path
 pow( {x}, {y})			Float	{x} to the power of {y}
@@ -1903,6 +1906,8 @@ repeat( {expr}, {count})	String	repeat {expr} {count} times
 resolve( {filename})		String	get filename a shortcut points to
 reverse( {list})		List	reverse {list} in-place
 round( {expr})			Float	round off {expr}
+screencol()			Number	current cursor column
+screenrow()			Number	current cursor row
 search( {pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]])
 				Number	search for {pattern}
 searchdecl( {name} [, {global} [, {thisblock}]])
@@ -1929,9 +1934,11 @@ settabvar( {nr}, {varname}, {val})	set {varname} in tab page {nr} to {val}
 settabwinvar( {tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})    set {varname} in window
 					{winnr} in tab page {tabnr} to {val}
 setwinvar( {nr}, {varname}, {val})	set {varname} in window {nr} to {val}
+sha256( {string})		String	SHA256 checksum of {string}
 shellescape( {string} [, {special}])
 				String	escape {string} for use as shell
 					command argument
+shiftwidth()			Number	effective value of 'shiftwidth'
 simplify( {filename})		String	simplify filename as much as possible
 sin( {expr})			Float	sine of {expr}
 sinh( {expr})			Float	hyperbolic sine of {expr}
@@ -1989,6 +1996,7 @@ undotree()			List	undo file tree
 values( {dict})			List	values in {dict}
 virtcol( {expr})		Number	screen column of cursor or mark
 visualmode( [expr])		String	last visual mode used
+wildmenumode()			Number	whether 'wildmenu' mode is active
 winbufnr( {nr})			Number	buffer number of window {nr}
 wincol()			Number	window column of the cursor
 winheight( {nr})		Number	height of window {nr}
@@ -2291,14 +2299,16 @@ changenr()						*changenr()*
 		redo it is the number of the redone change.  After undo it is
 		one less than the number of the undone change.
 
-char2nr({expr})						*char2nr()*
+char2nr({expr}[, {utf8}])					*char2nr()*
 		Return number value of the first char in {expr}.  Examples: >
 			char2nr(" ")		returns 32
 			char2nr("ABC")		returns 65
-<		The current 'encoding' is used.  Example for "utf-8": >
+<		When {utf8} is omitted or zero, the current 'encoding' is used.
+		Example for "utf-8": >
 			char2nr("<22>")		returns 225
 			char2nr("<22>"[0])		returns 195
-<		A combining character is a separate character.
+<		With {utf8} set to 1, always treat as utf-8 characters.
+		A combining character is a separate character.
 		|nr2char()| does the opposite.
 
 cindent({lnum})						*cindent()*
@@ -2573,6 +2583,8 @@ delete({fname})							*delete()*
 		which is 0 if the file was deleted successfully, and non-zero
 		when the deletion failed.
 		Use |remove()| to delete an item from a |List|.
+		To delete a line from the buffer use |:delete|.  Use |:exe|
+		when the line number is in a variable.
 
 							*did_filetype()*
 did_filetype()	Returns non-zero when autocommands are being executed and the
@@ -3136,7 +3148,7 @@ getbufline({expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
 		Example: >
 			:let lines = getbufline(bufnr("myfile"), 1, "$")
 
-getbufvar({expr}, {varname})				*getbufvar()*
+getbufvar({expr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getbufvar()*
 		The result is the value of option or local buffer variable
 		{varname} in buffer {expr}.  Note that the name without "b:"
 		must be used.
@@ -3146,8 +3158,8 @@ getbufvar({expr}, {varname})				*getbufvar()*
 		doesn't work for a global variable, window-local variable or
 		window-local option.
 		For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
-		When the buffer or variable doesn't exist an empty string is
-		returned, there is no error message.
+		When the buffer or variable doesn't exist {def} or an empty
+		string is returned, there is no error message.
 		Examples: >
 			:let bufmodified = getbufvar(1, "&mod")
 			:echo "todo myvar = " . getbufvar("todo", "myvar")
@@ -3424,26 +3436,30 @@ getregtype([{regname}])					*getregtype()*
 		<CTRL-V> is one character with value 0x16.
 		If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
 
-gettabvar({tabnr}, {varname})				*gettabvar()*
+gettabvar({tabnr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*gettabvar()*
 		Get the value of a tab-local variable {varname} in tab page
 		{tabnr}. |t:var|
 		Tabs are numbered starting with one.
 		Note that the name without "t:" must be used.
+		When the tab or variable doesn't exist {def} or an empty
+		string is returned, there is no error message.
 
-gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname})		*gettabwinvar()*
+gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])		*gettabwinvar()*
 		Get the value of window-local variable {varname} in window
 		{winnr} in tab page {tabnr}.
 		When {varname} starts with "&" get the value of a window-local
 		option.
+		When {varname} is empty a dictionary with all window-local
+		variables is returned.
+		Note that {varname} must be the name without "w:".
 		Tabs are numbered starting with one.  For the current tabpage
 		use |getwinvar()|.
 		When {winnr} is zero the current window is used.
 		This also works for a global option, buffer-local option and
 		window-local option, but it doesn't work for a global variable
 		or buffer-local variable.
-		When {varname} is empty a dictionary with all window-local
-		variables is returned.
-		Note that {varname} must be the name without "w:".
+		When the tab, window or variable doesn't exist {def} or an
+		empty string is returned, there is no error message.
 		Examples: >
 			:let list_is_on = gettabwinvar(1, 2, '&list')
 			:echo "myvar = " . gettabwinvar(3, 1, 'myvar')
@@ -3458,7 +3474,7 @@ getwinposy()	The result is a Number, which is the Y coordinate in pixels of
 		the top of the GUI Vim window.	The result will be -1 if the
 		information is not available.
 
-getwinvar({winnr}, {varname})				*getwinvar()*
+getwinvar({winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getwinvar()*
 		Like |gettabwinvar()| for the current tabpage.
 		Examples: >
 			:let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
@@ -3754,10 +3770,10 @@ inputdialog({prompt} [, {text} [, {cancelreturn}]])		*inputdialog()*
 		Like |input()|, but when the GUI is running and text dialogs
 		are supported, a dialog window pops up to input the text.
 		Example: >
-			:let n = inputdialog("value for shiftwidth", &sw)
-			:if n != ""
-			:  let &sw = n
-			:endif
+		   :let n = inputdialog("value for shiftwidth", shiftwidth())
+		   :if n != ""
+		   :  let &sw = n
+		   :endif
 <		When the dialog is cancelled {cancelreturn} is returned.  When
 		omitted an empty string is returned.
 		Hitting <Enter> works like pressing the OK button.  Hitting
@@ -4368,14 +4384,16 @@ nextnonblank({lnum})					*nextnonblank()*
 		below it, zero is returned.
 		See also |prevnonblank()|.
 
-nr2char({expr})						*nr2char()*
+nr2char({expr}[, {utf8}])				*nr2char()*
 		Return a string with a single character, which has the number
 		value {expr}.  Examples: >
 			nr2char(64)		returns "@"
 			nr2char(32)		returns " "
-<		The current 'encoding' is used.  Example for "utf-8": >
+<		When {utf8} is omitted or zero, the current 'encoding' is used.
+		Example for "utf-8": >
 			nr2char(300)		returns I with bow character
-<		Note that a NUL character in the file is specified with
+<		With {utf8} set to 1, always return utf-8 characters.
+		Note that a NUL character in the file is specified with
 		nr2char(10), because NULs are represented with newline
 		characters.  nr2char(0) is a real NUL and terminates the
 		string, thus results in an empty string.
@@ -4450,6 +4468,7 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 
 		Often used items are:
 		  %s	string
+		  %6S	string right-aligned in 6 display cells
 		  %6s	string right-aligned in 6 bytes
 		  %.9s	string truncated to 9 bytes
 		  %c	single byte
@@ -4564,6 +4583,10 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 		s	The text of the String argument is used.  If a
 			precision is specified, no more bytes than the number
 			specified are used.
+		S	The text of the String argument is used.  If a
+			precision is specified, no more display cells than the
+			number specified are used.  Without the |+multi_byte|
+			feature works just like 's'.
 
 							*printf-f* *E807*
 		f	The Float argument is converted into a string of the 
@@ -4616,7 +4639,7 @@ pumvisible()						*pumvisible()*
 		This can be used to avoid some things that would remove the
 		popup menu.
 
-							*E860* *E861*
+							*E860*
 py3eval({expr})						*py3eval()*
 		Evaluate Python expression {expr} and return its result
 		converted to Vim data structures.
@@ -4635,8 +4658,8 @@ pyeval({expr})						*pyeval()*
 		Numbers and strings are returned as they are (strings are 
 		copied though).
 		Lists are represented as Vim |List| type.
-		Dictionaries are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type with 
-		keys converted to strings.
+		Dictionaries are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type, 
+		non-string keys result in error.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+python| feature}
 
 							*E726* *E727*
@@ -4866,15 +4889,34 @@ round({expr})							*round()*
 			echo round(-4.5)
 <			-5.0
 		{only available when compiled with the |+float| feature}
-		
-		
+
+screencol()							*screencol()*
+		The result is a Number, which is the current screen column of
+		the cursor. The leftmost column has number 1.
+		This function is mainly used for testing.
+
+		Note: Always returns the current screen column, thus if used
+		in a command (e.g. ":echo screencol()") it will return the
+		column inside the command line, which is 1 when the command is
+		executed. To get the cursor position in the file use one of
+		the following mappings: >
+			nnoremap <expr> GG ":echom ".screencol()."\n"
+			nnoremap <silent> GG :echom screencol()<CR>
+<
+screenrow()							*screenrow()*
+		The result is a Number, which is the current screen row of the
+		cursor.  The top line has number one.
+		This function is mainly used for testing.
+
+		Note: Same restrictions as with |screencol()|.
+
 search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]])	*search()*
 		Search for regexp pattern {pattern}.  The search starts at the
 		cursor position (you can use |cursor()| to set it).
 
+		When a match has been found its line number is returned.
 		If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't
 		move.  No error message is given.
-		When a match has been found its line number is returned.
 
 		{flags} is a String, which can contain these character flags:
 		'b'	search backward instead of forward
@@ -5253,8 +5295,9 @@ setreg({regname}, {value} [,{options}])
 
 		If {options} contains no register settings, then the default
 		is to use character mode unless {value} ends in a <NL>.
-		Setting the '=' register is not possible.
-		Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
+		Setting the '=' register is not possible, but you can use >
+			:let @= = var_expr
+<		Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
 
 		Examples: >
 			:call setreg(v:register, @*)
@@ -5277,8 +5320,6 @@ settabvar({tabnr}, {varname}, {val})			*settabvar()*
 		|t:var|
 		Note that the variable name without "t:" must be used.
 		Tabs are numbered starting with one.
-		Vim briefly goes to the tab page {tabnr}, this may trigger
-		TabLeave and TabEnter autocommands.
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 
 settabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})	*settabwinvar()*
@@ -5291,8 +5332,6 @@ settabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})	*settabwinvar()*
 		doesn't work for a global or local buffer variable.
 		For a local buffer option the global value is unchanged.
 		Note that the variable name without "w:" must be used.
-		Vim briefly goes to the tab page {tabnr}, this may trigger
-		TabLeave and TabEnter autocommands.
 		Examples: >
 			:call settabwinvar(1, 1, "&list", 0)
 			:call settabwinvar(3, 2, "myvar", "foobar")
@@ -5304,6 +5343,11 @@ setwinvar({nr}, {varname}, {val})			*setwinvar()*
 			:call setwinvar(1, "&list", 0)
 			:call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
 
+sha256({string})						*sha256()*
+		Returns a String with 64 hex charactes, which is the SHA256
+		checksum of {string}.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+cryptv| feature}
+
 shellescape({string} [, {special}])			*shellescape()*
 		Escape {string} for use as a shell command argument.
 		On MS-Windows and MS-DOS, when 'shellslash' is not set, it
@@ -5330,6 +5374,23 @@ shellescape({string} [, {special}])			*shellescape()*
 		    :call system("chmod +w -- " . shellescape(expand("%")))
 
 
+shiftwidth()						*shiftwidth()*
+		Returns the effective value of 'shiftwidth'. This is the
+		'shiftwidth' value unless it is zero, in which case it is the
+		'tabstop' value.  To be backwards compatible in indent
+		plugins, use this: >
+			if exists('*shiftwidth')
+			  func s:sw()
+			    return shiftwidth()
+			  endfunc
+			else
+			  func s:sw()
+			    return &sw
+			  endfunc
+			endif
+<		And then use s:sw() instead of &sw.
+
+
 simplify({filename})					*simplify()*
 		Simplify the file name as much as possible without changing
 		the meaning.  Shortcuts (on MS-Windows) or symbolic links (on
@@ -5459,7 +5520,8 @@ split({expr} [, {pattern} [, {keepempty}]])			*split()*
 		empty each white-separated sequence of characters becomes an
 		item.
 		Otherwise the string is split where {pattern} matches,
-		removing the matched characters.
+		removing the matched characters. 'ignorecase' is not used
+		here, add \c to ignore case. |/\c|
 		When the first or last item is empty it is omitted, unless the
 		{keepempty} argument is given and it's non-zero.
 		Other empty items are kept when {pattern} matches at least one
@@ -5669,8 +5731,10 @@ substitute({expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})		*substitute()*
 		This works like the ":substitute" command (without any flags).
 		But the matching with {pat} is always done like the 'magic'
 		option is set and 'cpoptions' is empty (to make scripts
-		portable).  'ignorecase' is still relevant.  'smartcase' is
-		not used.  See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
+		portable).  'ignorecase' is still relevant, use |/\c| or |/\C|
+		if you want to ignore or match case and ignore 'ignorecase'.
+		'smartcase' is not used.  See |string-match| for how {pat} is
+		used.
 
 		A "~" in {sub} is not replaced with the previous {sub}.
 		Note that some codes in {sub} have a special meaning
@@ -5891,8 +5955,9 @@ taglist({expr})							*taglist()*
 		If there are no matching tags, then an empty list is returned.
 
 		To get an exact tag match, the anchors '^' and '$' should be
-		used in {expr}.  Refer to |tag-regexp| for more information
-		about the tag search regular expression pattern.
+		used in {expr}.  This also make the function work faster.
+		Refer to |tag-regexp| for more information about the tag
+		search regular expression pattern.
 
 		Refer to |'tags'| for information about how the tags file is
 		located by Vim. Refer to |tags-file-format| for the format of
@@ -6103,6 +6168,18 @@ visualmode([expr])						*visualmode()*
 		Dictionary or Float is not a Number or String, thus does not
 		cause the mode to be cleared.
 
+wildmenumode()					*wildmenumode()*
+		Returns non-zero when the wildmenu is active and zero
+		otherwise.  See 'wildmenu' and 'wildmode'.
+		This can be used in mappings to handle the 'wildcharm' option
+		gracefully. (Makes only sense with |mapmode-c| mappings).
+
+		For example to make <c-j> work like <down> in wildmode, use: >
+    :cnoremap <expr> <C-j> wildmenumode() ? "\<Down>\<Tab>" : "\<c-j>"
+<
+		(Note, this needs the 'wildcharm' option set appropriately).
+
+
 							*winbufnr()*
 winbufnr({nr})	The result is a Number, which is the number of the buffer
 		associated with window {nr}.  When {nr} is zero, the number of
@@ -6135,8 +6212,9 @@ winline()	The result is a Number, which is the screen line of the cursor
 winnr([{arg}])	The result is a Number, which is the number of the current
 		window.  The top window has number 1.
 		When the optional argument is "$", the number of the
-		last window is returned (the window count).
-		When the optional argument is "#", the number of the last
+		last window is returned (the window count). >
+			let window_count = winnr('$')
+<		When the optional argument is "#", the number of the last
 		accessed window is returned (where |CTRL-W_p| goes to).
 		If there is no previous window or it is in another tab page 0
 		is returned.
@@ -6507,6 +6585,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			is excluded, ":{range}call" will call the function for
 			each line in the range, with the cursor on the start
 			of each line.  See |function-range-example|.
+			The cursor is still moved to the first line of the
+			range, as is the case with all Ex commands.
 
 			When the [abort] argument is added, the function will
 			abort as soon as an error is detected.

runtime/doc/evim-fr.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH EVIM 1 "16 f<>vrier 2002 February 16"
+.TH EVIM 1 "16 f<>vrier 2002"
 .SH NAME
 evim \- <20> Easy Vim <20>, <20>dite un fichier avec Vim sans utiliser les modes
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -54,4 +54,4 @@ Voir le menu Aide/Remerciements ou ":help credits" dans
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a <20>t<EFBFBD> traduite David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2005-03-26.
-Mise <20> jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise <20> jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/evim-fr.UTF-8.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH EVIM 1 "16 février 2002 February 16"
+.TH EVIM 1 "16 février 2002"
 .SH NAME
 evim \- « Easy Vim », édite un fichier avec Vim sans utiliser les modes
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -54,4 +54,4 @@ Voir le menu Aide/Remerciements ou ":help credits" dans
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a été traduite David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2005-03-26.
-Mise à jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise à jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 19
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate
 file: |ft_sql.txt|.
 
 
-TEX							*ft-tex-plugin*
+TEX						*ft-tex-plugin* *g:tex_flavor*
 
 If the first line of a *.tex file has the form >
 	%&<format>

runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 15
 
 by David Fishburn
 
@@ -349,6 +349,7 @@ may not work properly on all platforms: >
 The static maps (which are based on the syntax highlight groups) follow this
 format: >
     imap <buffer> <C-C>k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlKeyword')<CR><C-X><C-O>
+    imap <buffer> <C-C>k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlKeyword\w*')<CR><C-X><C-O>
 
 This command breaks down as: >
     imap		   - Create an insert map
@@ -369,6 +370,9 @@ This command breaks down as: >
 			     command while editing a SQL file.
     'sqlKeyword'	   - Display the items for the sqlKeyword highlight
 			     group
+    'sqlKeyword\w*'	   - A second option available with Vim 7.4 which
+                             uses a regular expression to determine which
+			     syntax groups to use
     )<CR>		   - Execute the :let command
     <C-X><C-O>		   - Trigger the standard omni completion key stroke.
 			     Passing in 'sqlKeyword' instructs the SQL
@@ -435,7 +439,7 @@ the space bar):
 			     of columns, you can press <Left>, this will
 			     replace the column list with the list of tables.
 			   - This allows you to quickly drill down into a
-			     table to view it's columns and back again.
+			     table to view its columns and back again.
 			   - <Right> and <Left> can be also be chosen via
 			     your |.vimrc| >
                                 let g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right = '<Right>'
@@ -645,7 +649,7 @@ your |vimrc|: >
 	- When completing tables, procedure or views and using dbext.vim 3.00
 	  or higher the list of objects will also include the owner name.
 	  When completing these objects and omni_sql_include_owner is enabled
-	  the owner name will be be replaced. >
+	  the owner name will be replaced. >
 
     omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups
 <	- Default:

runtime/doc/gui_w16.txt

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Vim's Graphical User Interface				*gui-w16* *win16-gui*
 
 Other relevant documentation:
 |gui.txt|	For generic items of the GUI.
-|os_msdos.txt|  For items common to DOS and Windows.
+|os_msdos.txt|	For items common to DOS and Windows.
 |gui_w32.txt|	Some items here are also applicable to the Win16 version.
 
 {Vi does not have a Windows GUI}

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Vim's Win32 Graphical User Interface			*gui-w32* *win32-gui*
 
 Other relevant documentation:
 |gui.txt|	For generic items of the GUI.
-|os_win32.txt|  For Win32 specific items.
+|os_win32.txt| 	For Win32 specific items.
 
 {Vi does not have a Windows GUI}
 

runtime/doc/hebrew.txt

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Details
       This is also the keymap when 'keymap=hebrew' is set.  The advantage of
       'keymap' is that it works properly when using UTF8, e.g. it inserts the
       correct characters; 'hkmap' does not.  The 'keymap' keyboard can also
-      insert niqud and te`amim.  To see what those mappings are,look at the
+      insert niqud and te`amim.  To see what those mappings are, look at the
       keymap file 'hebrew.vim' etc.
 
 

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Dec 06
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -195,12 +195,12 @@ Remarks about specific systems ~
 						*standard-plugin-list*
 Standard plugins ~
 |pi_getscript.txt| Downloading latest version of Vim scripts
-|pi_gzip.txt|	   Reading and writing compressed files
-|pi_netrw.txt|	   Reading and writing files over a network
-|pi_paren.txt|	   Highlight matching parens
-|pi_tar.txt|	   Tar file explorer
+|pi_gzip.txt|      Reading and writing compressed files
+|pi_netrw.txt|     Reading and writing files over a network
+|pi_paren.txt|     Highlight matching parens
+|pi_tar.txt|       Tar file explorer
 |pi_vimball.txt|   Create a self-installing Vim script
-|pi_zip.txt|	   Zip archive explorer
+|pi_zip.txt|       Zip archive explorer
 
 LOCAL ADDITIONS:				*local-additions*
 

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 18
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Nov 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -194,11 +194,12 @@ command: >
 				*E154* *E150* *E151* *E152* *E153* *E670*
 :helpt[ags] [++t] {dir}
 			Generate the help tags file(s) for directory {dir}.
-			All "*.txt" and "*.??x" files in the directory are
-			scanned for a help tag definition in between stars.
-			The "*.??x" files are for translated docs, they
-			generate the "tags-??" file, see |help-translated|.
-			The generated tags files are sorted.
+			All "*.txt" and "*.??x" files in the directory and
+			sub-directories are scanned for a help tag definition
+			in between stars.  The "*.??x" files are for
+			translated docs, they generate the "tags-??" file, see
+			|help-translated|.  The generated tags files are
+			sorted.
 			When there are duplicates an error message is given.
 			An existing tags file is silently overwritten.
 			The optional "++t" argument forces adding the

runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Feb 11
+*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Dec 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sergey Khorev
@@ -11,7 +11,8 @@ The MzScheme Interface to Vim				*mzscheme* *MzScheme*
 3. Threads				|mzscheme-threads|
 4. Vim access from MzScheme		|mzscheme-vim|
 5. mzeval() Vim function		|mzscheme-mzeval|
-6. Dynamic loading			|mzscheme-dynamic|
+6. Using Function references		|mzscheme-funcref|
+7. Dynamic loading			|mzscheme-dynamic|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -21,10 +22,17 @@ The MzScheme interface is available only if Vim was compiled with the
 Based on the work of Brent Fulgham.
 Dynamic loading added by Sergey Khorev
 
-For downloading MzScheme and other info:
-	http://www.plt-scheme.org/software/mzscheme/
+MzScheme and PLT Scheme names have been rebranded as Racket. For more
+information please check http://racket-lang.org
 
-Note: On FreeBSD you should use the "drscheme" port.
+Futures and places of Racket version 5.x up to and including 5.3.1 do not
+work correctly with processes created by Vim.
+The simplest solution is to build Racket on your own with these features
+disabled: >
+  ./configure --disable-futures --disable-places --prefix=your-install-prefix
+
+To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
+--disable-docs
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Commands						*mzscheme-commands*
@@ -155,8 +163,11 @@ Common
     (eval {expr-string})	    Evaluate the vim expression into
 				    respective MzScheme object: |Lists| are
 				    represented as Scheme lists,
-				    |Dictionaries| as hash tables.
-				    NOTE the name clashes with MzScheme eval
+				    |Dictionaries| as hash tables,
+				    |Funcref|s as functions (see also
+				    |mzscheme-funcref|)
+				    NOTE the name clashes with MzScheme eval,
+				    use module qualifiers to overcome this.
     (range-start)		    Start/End of the range passed with
     (range-end)			    the Scheme command.
     (beep)			    beep
@@ -237,7 +248,23 @@ To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |mzeval()| function to
 evaluate MzScheme expressions and pass their values to VimL.
 
 ==============================================================================
-6. Dynamic loading				    *mzscheme-dynamic* *E815*
+6. Using Function references				    *mzscheme-funcref*
+
+MzScheme interface allows use of |Funcref|s so you can call Vim functions
+directly from Scheme. For instance: >
+    function! MyAdd2(arg)
+	return a:arg + 2
+    endfunction
+    mz (define f2 (vim-eval "function(\"MyAdd2\")"))
+    mz (f2 7)
+< or : >
+    :mz (define indent (vim-eval "function('indent')"))
+    " return Vim indent for line 12
+    :mz (indent 12)
+<
+
+==============================================================================
+7. Dynamic loading				    *mzscheme-dynamic* *E815*
 
 On MS-Windows the MzScheme libraries can be loaded dynamically. The |:version|
 output then includes |+mzscheme/dyn|.

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 02
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Oct 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
@@ -175,7 +175,8 @@ VIM::Windows([{wn}...])	With no arguments, returns a list of all the windows
 VIM::DoCommand({cmd})	Executes Ex command {cmd}.
 
 							*perl-Eval*
-VIM::Eval({expr})	Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, val).
+VIM::Eval({expr})	Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, value) in list 
+			context or just value in scalar context.
 			success=1 indicates that val contains the value of
 			{expr}; success=0 indicates a failure to evaluate
 			the expression.  '@x' returns the contents of register

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 02
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ The Python Interface to Vim				*python* *Python*
 3. Buffer objects				|python-buffer|
 4. Range objects				|python-range|
 5. Window objects				|python-window|
-6. pyeval(), py3eval() Vim functions		|python-pyeval|
-7. Dynamic loading				|python-dynamic|
-8. Python 3					|python3|
+6. Tab page objects				|python-tabpage|
+7. vim.bindeval objects				|python-bindeval-objects|
+8. pyeval(), py3eval() Vim functions		|python-pyeval|
+9. Dynamic loading				|python-dynamic|
+10. Python 3					|python3|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -54,9 +56,25 @@ Example: >
 	EOF
 	endfunction
 <
-Note: Python is very sensitive to the indenting.  Also make sure the "class"
-line and "EOF" do not have any indent.
+Note: Python is very sensitive to the indenting.  Make sure the "class" line
+and "EOF" do not have any indent.
 
+							*:pydo*
+:[range]pydo {body}	Execute Python function "def _vim_pydo(line, linenr):
+			{body}" for each line in the [range], with the
+			function arguments being set to the text of each line
+			in turn, without a trailing <EOL>, and the current
+			line number. The function should return a string or
+			None. If a string is returned, it becomes the text of
+			the line in the current turn. The default for [range]
+			is the whole file: "1,$".
+			{not in Vi}
+
+Examples:
+>
+	:pydo return "%s\t%d" % (line[::-1], len(line))
+	:pydo if line: return "%4d: %s" % (linenr, line)
+<
 							*:pyfile* *:pyf*
 :[range]pyf[ile] {file}
 			Execute the Python script in {file}.  The whole
@@ -154,22 +172,20 @@ vim.eval(str)						*python-eval*
 	'eval_expr', 'kind': 'f', 'filename': './src/eval.c'}]
 
 vim.bindeval(str)					*python-bindeval*
-	Like |python-eval|, but
-	1. if expression evaluates to |List| or |Dictionary| it is returned as 
-	   vimlist or vimdictionary python type that are connected to original 
-	   list or dictionary. Thus modifications to these objects imply 
-	   modifications of the original.
-	2. if expression evaluates to a function reference, then it returns 
-	   callable vimfunction object. Use self keyword argument to assign 
-	   |self| object for dictionary functions.
-
-	Note: this function has the same behavior as |lua-eval| (except that 
-	      lua does not support running vim functions), |python-eval| is 
-	      kept for backwards compatibility in order not to make scripts 
-	      relying on outputs of vim.eval() being a copy of original or 
-	      vim.eval("1") returning a string.
+	Like |python-eval|, but returns special objects described in 
+	|python-bindeval-objects|. These python objects let you modify (|List| 
+	or |Dictionary|) or call (|Funcref|) vim objects.
 
+vim.strwidth(str)					*python-strwidth*
+	Like |strwidth()|: returns number of display cells str occupies, tab 
+	is counted as one cell.
 
+vim.chdir(*args, **kwargs)				*python-chdir*
+vim.fchdir(*args, **kwargs)				*python-fchdir*
+	Run os.chdir or os.fchdir, then all appropriate vim stuff.
+	Note: you should not use these functions directly, use os.chdir and 
+	      os.fchdir instead. Behavior of vim.fchdir is undefined in case 
+	      os.fchdir does not exist.
 
 Error object of the "vim" module
 
@@ -189,12 +205,12 @@ Constants of the "vim" module
 	to which the variables referred.
 
 vim.buffers						*python-buffers*
-	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim buffers.  The
+	A mapping object providing access to the list of vim buffers.  The
 	object supports the following operations: >
 	    :py b = vim.buffers[i]	# Indexing (read-only)
 	    :py b in vim.buffers	# Membership test
 	    :py n = len(vim.buffers)	# Number of elements
-	    :py for b in vim.buffers:	# Sequential access
+	    :py for b in vim.buffers:	# Iterating over buffer list
 <
 vim.windows						*python-windows*
 	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim windows.  The
@@ -203,13 +219,28 @@ vim.windows						*python-windows*
 	    :py w in vim.windows	# Membership test
 	    :py n = len(vim.windows)	# Number of elements
 	    :py for w in vim.windows:	# Sequential access
+<	Note: vim.windows object always accesses current tab page. 
+	|python-tabpage|.windows objects are bound to parent |python-tabpage| 
+	object and always use windows from that tab page (or throw vim.error 
+	in case tab page was deleted). You can keep a reference to both 
+	without keeping a reference to vim module object or |python-tabpage|, 
+	they will not lose their properties in this case.
+
+vim.tabpages						*python-tabpages*
+	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim tab pages. The 
+	object supports the following operations: >
+	    :py t = vim.tabpages[i]	# Indexing (read-only)
+	    :py t in vim.tabpages	# Membership test
+	    :py n = len(vim.tabpages)	# Number of elements
+	    :py for t in vim.tabpages:	# Sequential access
 <
 vim.current						*python-current*
 	An object providing access (via specific attributes) to various
 	"current" objects available in vim:
 		vim.current.line	The current line (RW)		String
-		vim.current.buffer	The current buffer (RO)		Buffer
-		vim.current.window	The current window (RO)		Window
+		vim.current.buffer	The current buffer (RW)		Buffer
+		vim.current.window	The current window (RW)		Window
+		vim.current.tabpage	The current tab page (RW)	TabPage
 		vim.current.range	The current line range (RO)	Range
 
 	The last case deserves a little explanation.  When the :python or
@@ -217,6 +248,42 @@ vim.current						*python-current*
 	"current range".  A range is a bit like a buffer, but with all access
 	restricted to a subset of lines.  See |python-range| for more details.
 
+	Note: When assigning to vim.current.{buffer,window,tabpage} it expects 
+	valid |python-buffer|, |python-window| or |python-tabpage| objects 
+	respectively. Assigning triggers normal (with |autocommand|s) 
+	switching to given buffer, window or tab page. It is the only way to 
+	switch UI objects in python: you can't assign to 
+	|python-tabpage|.window attribute. To switch without triggering 
+	autocommands use >
+	    py << EOF
+	    saved_eventignore = vim.options['eventignore']
+	    vim.options['eventignore'] = 'all'
+	    try:
+	        vim.current.buffer = vim.buffers[2] # Switch to buffer 2
+	    finally:
+	        vim.options['eventignore'] = saved_eventignore
+	    EOF
+<
+vim.vars						*python-vars*
+vim.vvars						*python-vvars*
+	Dictionary-like objects holding dictionaries with global (|g:|) and 
+	vim (|v:|) variables respectively. Identical to `vim.bindeval("g:")`, 
+	but faster.
+
+vim.options						*python-options*
+	Object partly supporting mapping protocol (supports setting and 
+	getting items) providing a read-write access to global options.
+	Note: unlike |:set| this provides access only to global options. You
+	cannot use this object to obtain or set local options' values or
+	access local-only options in any fashion. Raises KeyError if no global
+	option with such name exists (i.e. does not raise KeyError for
+	|global-local| options and global only options, but does for window-
+	and buffer-local ones).  Use |python-buffer| objects to access to
+	buffer-local options and |python-window| objects to access to
+	window-local options.
+
+	Type of this object is available via "Options" attribute of vim 
+	module.
 
 Output from Python					*python-output*
 	Vim displays all Python code output in the Vim message area.  Normal
@@ -258,6 +325,24 @@ Buffer indexes start at zero, as is normal in Python.  This differs from vim
 line numbers, which start from 1.  This is particularly relevant when dealing
 with marks (see below) which use vim line numbers.
 
+The buffer object attributes are:
+	b.vars		Dictionary-like object used to access 
+			|buffer-variable|s.
+	b.options	Mapping object (supports item getting, setting and 
+			deleting) that provides access to buffer-local options 
+			and buffer-local values of |global-local| options. Use 
+			|python-window|.options if option is window-local, 
+			this object will raise KeyError. If option is 
+			|global-local| and local value is missing getting it 
+			will return None.
+	b.name		String, RW. Contains buffer name (full path).
+			Note: when assigning to b.name |BufFilePre| and 
+			|BufFilePost| autocommands are launched.
+	b.number	Buffer number. Can be used as |python-buffers| key.
+			Read-only.
+	b.valid		True or False. Buffer object becames invalid when 
+			corresponding buffer is wiped out.
+
 The buffer object methods are:
 	b.append(str)	Append a line to the buffer
 	b.append(str, nr)  Idem, below line "nr"
@@ -276,6 +361,8 @@ Note that when adding a line it must not contain a line break character '\n'.
 A trailing '\n' is allowed and ignored, so that you can do: >
 	:py b.append(f.readlines())
 
+Buffer object type is available using "Buffer" attribute of vim module.
+
 Examples (assume b is the current buffer) >
 	:py print b.name		# write the buffer file name
 	:py b[0] = "hello!!!"		# replace the top line
@@ -287,6 +374,9 @@ Examples (assume b is the current buffer) >
 	:py n = len(b)			# number of lines
 	:py (row,col) = b.mark('a')	# named mark
 	:py r = b.range(1,5)		# a sub-range of the buffer
+	:py b.vars["foo"] = "bar"	# assign b:foo variable
+	:py b.options["ff"] = "dos"	# set fileformat
+	:py del b.options["ar"]		# same as :set autoread<
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Range objects					*python-range*
@@ -314,6 +404,8 @@ The range object methods are:
 			for Python's built-in list objects.
 	r.append(list, nr)  Idem, after line "nr"
 
+Range object type is available using "Range" attribute of vim module.
+
 Example (assume r is the current range):
 	# Send all lines in a range to the default printer
 	vim.command("%d,%dhardcopy!" % (r.start+1,r.end+1))
@@ -324,6 +416,8 @@ Example (assume r is the current range):
 Window objects represent vim windows.  You can obtain them in a number of ways:
 	- via vim.current.window (|python-current|)
 	- from indexing vim.windows (|python-windows|)
+	- from indexing "windows" attribute of a tab page (|python-tabpage|)
+	- from the "window" attribute of a tab page (|python-tabpage|)
 
 You can manipulate window objects only through their attributes.  They have no
 methods, and no sequence or other interface.
@@ -334,17 +428,167 @@ Window attributes are:
 				This is a tuple, (row,col).
 	height (read-write)	The window height, in rows
 	width (read-write)	The window width, in columns
+	vars (read-only)	The window |w:| variables. Attribute is 
+				unassignable, but you can change window 
+				variables this way
+	options (read-only)	The window-local options. Attribute is 
+				unassignable, but you can change window 
+				options this way. Provides access only to 
+				window-local options, for buffer-local use 
+				|python-buffer| and for global ones use 
+				|python-options|. If option is |global-local| 
+				and local value is missing getting it will 
+				return None.
+	number (read-only)	Window number.  The first window has number 1.
+				This is zero in case it cannot be determined
+				(e.g. when the window object belongs to other
+				tab page).
+	row, col (read-only)	On-screen window position in display cells.
+				First position is zero.
+	tabpage (read-only)	Window tab page.
+	valid (read-write)	True or False. Window object becames invalid 
+				when corresponding window is closed.
+
 The height attribute is writable only if the screen is split horizontally.
 The width attribute is writable only if the screen is split vertically.
 
+Window object type is available using "Window" attribute of vim module.
+
 ==============================================================================
-6. pyeval() and py3eval() Vim functions			*python-pyeval*
+6. Tab page objects					*python-tabpage*
+
+Tab page objects represent vim tab pages. You can obtain them in a number of 
+ways:
+	- via vim.current.tabpage (|python-current|)
+	- from indexing vim.tabpages (|python-tabpages|)
+
+You can use this object to access tab page windows. They have no methods and 
+no sequence or other interfaces.
+
+Tab page attributes are:
+	number		The tab page number like the one returned by 
+			|tabpagenr()|.
+	windows		Like |python-windows|, but for current tab page.
+	vars		The tab page |t:| variables.
+	window		Current tabpage window.
+	valid		True or False. Tab page object becames invalid when 
+			corresponding tab page is closed.
+
+TabPage object type is available using "TabPage" attribute of vim module.
+
+==============================================================================
+7. vim.bindeval objects				*python-bindeval-objects*
+
+vim.Dictionary object				*python-Dictionary*
+    Dictionary-like object providing access to vim |Dictionary| type.
+    Attributes:
+        Attribute  Description ~
+        locked     One of                       *python-.locked*
+                    Value           Description ~
+                    zero            Variable is not locked
+                    vim.VAR_LOCKED  Variable is locked, but can be unlocked
+                    vim.VAR_FIXED   Variable is locked and can't be unlocked
+                   Read-write. You can unlock locked variable by assigning 
+                   `True` or `False` to this attribute. No recursive locking 
+                   is supported.
+        scope      One of
+                    Value              Description ~
+                    zero               Dictionary is not a scope one
+                    vim.VAR_DEF_SCOPE  |g:| or |l:| dictionary
+                    vim.VAR_SCOPE      Other scope dictionary,
+                                       see |internal-variables|
+    Methods (note: methods do not support keyword arguments):
+        Method      Description ~
+        keys()      Returns a list with dictionary keys.
+        values()    Returns a list with dictionary values.
+        items()     Returns a list of 2-tuples with dictionary contents.
+        update(iterable), update(dictionary), update(**kwargs)
+                    Adds keys to dictionary.
+        get(key[, default=None])
+                    Obtain key from dictionary, returning the default if it is 
+                    not present.
+        pop(key[, default])
+                    Remove specified key from dictionary and return 
+                    corresponding value. If key is not found and default is 
+                    given returns the default, otherwise raises KeyError.
+        popitem()
+                    Remove random key from dictionary and return (key, value) 
+                    pair.
+        has_key(key)
+                    Check whether dictionary contains specified key, similar 
+                    to `key in dict`.
+
+        __new__(), __new__(iterable), __new__(dictionary), __new__(update)
+                    You can use `vim.Dictionary()` to create new vim 
+                    dictionaries. `d=vim.Dictionary(arg)` is the same as 
+                    `d=vim.bindeval('{}');d.update(arg)`. Without arguments 
+                    constructs empty dictionary.
+
+    Examples: >
+        d = vim.Dictionary(food="bar")		# Constructor
+        d['a'] = 'b'				# Item assignment
+        print d['a']				# getting item
+        d.update({'c': 'd'})			# .update(dictionary)
+        d.update(e='f')				# .update(**kwargs)
+        d.update((('g', 'h'), ('i', 'j')))	# .update(iterable)
+        for key in d.keys():			# .keys()
+        for val in d.values():			# .values()
+        for key, val in d.items():		# .items()
+        print isinstance(d, vim.Dictionary)	# True
+        for key in d:				# Iteration over keys
+        class Dict(vim.Dictionary):		# Subclassing
+<
+    Note: when iterating over keys you should not modify dictionary.
+
+vim.List object					*python-List*
+    Sequence-like object providing access to vim |List| type.
+    Supports `.locked` attribute, see |python-.locked|. Also supports the 
+    following methods:
+        Method          Description ~
+        extend(item)    Add items to the list.
+
+        __new__(), __new__(iterable)
+                        You can use `vim.List()` to create new vim lists. 
+                        `l=vim.List(iterable)` is the same as 
+                        `l=vim.bindeval('[]');l.extend(iterable)`. Without 
+                        arguments constructs empty list.
+    Examples: >
+        l = vim.List("abc")		# Constructor, result: ['a', 'b', 'c']
+        l.extend(['abc', 'def'])	# .extend() method
+        print l[1:]			# slicing
+        l[:0] = ['ghi', 'jkl']		# slice assignment
+        print l[0]			# getting item
+        l[0] = 'mno'			# assignment
+        for i in l:			# iteration
+        print isinstance(l, vim.List)	# True
+        class List(vim.List):		# Subclassing
+
+vim.Function object				*python-Function*
+    Function-like object, acting like vim |Funcref| object. Supports `.name` 
+    attribute and is callable. Accepts special keyword argument `self`, see 
+    |Dictionary-function|. You can also use `vim.Function(name)` constructor, 
+    it is the same as `vim.bindeval('function(%s)'%json.dumps(name))`.
+
+    Examples: >
+        f = vim.Function('tr')			# Constructor
+        print f('abc', 'a', 'b')		# Calls tr('abc', 'a', 'b')
+        vim.command('''
+            function DictFun() dict
+                return self
+            endfunction
+        ''')
+        f = vim.bindeval('function("DictFun")')
+        print f(self={})			# Like call('DictFun', [], {})
+        print isinstance(f, vim.Function)	# True
+
+==============================================================================
+8. pyeval() and py3eval() Vim functions			*python-pyeval*
 
 To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |pyeval()| and |py3eval()| 
 functions to evaluate Python expressions and pass their values to VimL.
 
 ==============================================================================
-7. Dynamic loading					*python-dynamic*
+9. Dynamic loading					*python-dynamic*
 
 On MS-Windows the Python library can be loaded dynamically.  The |:version|
 output then includes |+python/dyn|.
@@ -361,14 +605,16 @@ Currently the name is "python24.dll".  That is for Python 2.4.  To know for
 sure edit "gvim.exe" and search for "python\d*.dll\c".
 
 ==============================================================================
-8. Python 3						*python3*
+10. Python 3						*python3*
 
 							*:py3* *:python3*
-The |:py3| and |:python3| commands work similar to |:python|.  A simple check
-if the `:py3` command is wrong: >
+The `:py3` and `:python3` commands work similar to `:python`.  A simple check
+if the `:py3` command is working: >
 	:py3 print("Hello")
 <							*:py3file*
-The |:py3file| command works similar to |:pyfile|.
+The `:py3file` command works similar to `:pyfile`.
+							*:py3do* *E863*
+The `:py3do` command works similar to `:pydo`.
 
 
 Vim can be built in four ways (:version output):

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Sep 02
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 								*cino-star*
 	*N    Vim searches for unclosed comments at most N lines away.  This
 	      limits the time needed to search for the start of a comment.
-	      If your /* */ comments stop indenting afer N lines this is the
+	      If your /* */ comments stop indenting after N lines this is the
 	      value you will want to change.
 	      (default 70 lines).
 
@@ -577,6 +577,106 @@ $VIMRUNTIME/indent directory for examples.
 REMARKS ABOUT SPECIFIC INDENT FILES ~
 
 
+CLOJURE					*ft-clojure-indent* *clojure-indent*
+
+Clojure indentation differs somewhat from traditional Lisps, due in part to
+the use of square and curly brackets, and otherwise by community convention.
+These conventions are not always universally followed, so the Clojure indent
+script offers a few configurable options, listed below.
+
+If the current vim does not include searchpairpos(), the indent script falls
+back to normal 'lisp' indenting, and the following options are ignored.
+
+							*g:clojure_maxlines*
+
+Set maximum scan distance of searchpairpos(). Larger values trade performance
+for correctness when dealing with very long forms. A value of 0 will scan
+without limits.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_maxlines = 100
+<
+
+						*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent*
+					*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns*
+					*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist*
+
+The 'lispwords' option is a list of comma-separated words that mark special
+forms whose subforms must be indented with two spaces.
+
+For example:
+>
+	(defn bad []
+	      "Incorrect indentation")
+
+	(defn good []
+	  "Correct indentation")
+<
+If you would like to specify 'lispwords' with a |pattern| instead, you can use
+the fuzzy indent feature:
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent = 1
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns = ['^with', '^def', '^let']
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist =
+		\ ['-fn$', '\v^with-%(meta|out-str|loading-context)$']
+
+	" Legacy comma-delimited string version; the list format above is
+	" recommended. Note that patterns are implicitly anchored with ^ and $
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns = 'with.*,def.*,let.*'
+<
+|g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns| and |g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist| are
+|Lists| of patterns that will be matched against the unquoted, unqualified
+symbol at the head of a list. This means that a pattern like "^foo" will match
+all these candidates: "foobar", "my.ns/foobar", and "#'foobar".
+
+Each candidate word is tested for special treatment in this order:
+
+	1. Return true if word is literally in 'lispwords'
+	2. Return false if word matches a pattern in
+	   |g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist|
+	3. Return true if word matches a pattern in
+	   |g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns|
+	4. Return false and indent normally otherwise
+
+					*g:clojure_special_indent_words*
+
+Some forms in Clojure are indented so that every subform is indented only two
+spaces, regardless of 'lispwords'. If you have a custom construct that should
+be indented in this idiosyncratic fashion, you can add your symbols to the
+default list below.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_special_indent_words =
+	   \ 'deftype,defrecord,reify,proxy,extend-type,extend-protocol,letfn'
+<
+
+					*g:clojure_align_multiline_strings*
+
+Align subsequent lines in multiline strings to the column after the opening
+quote, instead of the same column.
+
+For example:
+>
+	(def default
+	  "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do
+	  eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut
+	  enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris
+	  nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.")
+
+	(def aligned
+	  "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do
+	   eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut
+	   enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris
+	   nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.")
+<
+This option is off by default.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_align_multiline_strings = 0
+<
+
+
 FORTRAN							*ft-fortran-indent*
 
 Block if, select case, where, and forall constructs are indented.  So are
@@ -640,12 +740,12 @@ those useless characters first with a command like: >
     :%s /\r$//g
 
 Or, you can simply |:let| the variable PHP_removeCRwhenUnix to 1 and the
-script will silently remove them when Vim loads a PHP file (at each|BufRead|).
+script will silently remove them when Vim loads a PHP file (at each |BufRead|).
 
 OPTIONS: ~
 
 PHP indenting can be altered in several ways by modifying the values of some
-variables:
+global variables:
 
 								*php-comment*
 To not enable auto-formating of comments by default (if you want to use your
@@ -653,10 +753,21 @@ own 'formatoptions'): >
     :let g:PHP_autoformatcomment = 0
 
 Else, 't' will be removed from the 'formatoptions' string and "qrowcb" will be
-added, see|fo-table|for more information.
+added, see |fo-table| for more information.
 -------------
 
-To add an extra indent to every PHP lines with N being the number of
+To add extra indentation to single-line comments: >
+    :let g:PHP_outdentSLComments = N
+
+With N being the number of 'shiftwidth' to add.
+
+Only single-line comments will be affected such as: >
+    # Comment
+    // Comment
+    /* Comment */
+-------------
+
+To add extra indentation to every PHP lines with N being the number of
 'shiftwidth' to add: >
     :let g:PHP_default_indenting = N
 
@@ -672,7 +783,7 @@ For example, with N = 1, this will give:
 
 	$command_hist = TRUE;
     ?>
-(Notice the extra indent between the PHP container markers and the code)
+(Notice the extra indentation between the PHP container markers and the code)
 -------------
 
 To indent PHP tags as the surrounding code: >
@@ -704,8 +815,10 @@ NOTE:	Indenting will be a bit slower if this option is used because some
 To indent 'case:' and 'default:' statements in switch() blocks: >
     :let g:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent = 1
 
-(Since in PHP braces are not required inside 'case/default' blocks, by default they are indented at the same level than the 'switch()' to avoid
-unnecessary indentation)
+In PHP braces are not required inside 'case/default' blocks therefore 'case:'
+and 'default:' are indented at the same level than the 'switch()' to avoid
+meaningless indentation. You can use the above option to return to the
+traditional way.
 
 
 PYTHON							*ft-python-indent*

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jul 25
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 |i_CTRL-Z|	CTRL-Z		when 'insertmode' set: suspend Vim
 |i_<Esc>|	<Esc>		end insert mode (unless 'insertmode' set)
 |i_CTRL-[|	CTRL-[		same as <Esc>
-|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	 go to Normal mode
-|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	 go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
+|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	go to Normal mode
+|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
 		CTRL-\ a - z	reserved for extensions
 		CTRL-\ others	not used
 |i_CTRL-]|	CTRL-]		trigger abbreviation
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 |i_<ScrollWheelUp>|	<ScrollWheelUp>		move window three lines up
 |i_<S-ScrollWheelUp>|	<S-ScrollWheelUp>	move window one page up
 |i_<ScrollWheelLeft>|	<ScrollWheelLeft>	move window six columns left
-|i_<S-ScrollWheelLeft>| <S-ScrollWheelLeft>	move window one page left
+|i_<S-ScrollWheelLeft>|	<S-ScrollWheelLeft>	move window one page left
 |i_<ScrollWheelRight>|	<ScrollWheelRight>	move window six columns right
 |i_<S-ScrollWheelRight>| <S-ScrollWheelRight>	move window one page right
 
@@ -212,8 +212,8 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |CTRL-Y|	CTRL-Y		   scroll N lines downwards
 |CTRL-Z|	CTRL-Z		   suspend program (or start new shell)
 		CTRL-[ <Esc>	   not used
-|CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	   go to Normal mode (no-op)
-|CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	   go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
+|CTRL-\_CTRL-N|	CTRL-\ CTRL-N	   go to Normal mode (no-op)
+|CTRL-\_CTRL-G|	CTRL-\ CTRL-G	   go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
 		CTRL-\ a - z	   reserved for extensions
 		CTRL-\ others      not used
 |CTRL-]|	CTRL-]		   :ta to ident under cursor
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |<Insert>|	<Insert>	2  same as "i"
 |<Left>|	<Left>		1  same as "h"
 |<LeftMouse>|	<LeftMouse>	1  move cursor to the mouse click position
-|<MiddleMouse>| <MiddleMouse>	2  same as "gP" at the mouse click position
+|<MiddleMouse>|	<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "gP" at the mouse click position
 |<PageDown>|	<PageDown>	   same as CTRL-F
 |<PageUp>|	<PageUp>	   same as CTRL-B
 |<Right>|	<Right>		1  same as "l"
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |[s|		[s		1  move to the previous misspelled word
 |[z|		[z		1  move to start of open fold
 |[{|		[{		1  cursor N times back to unmatched '{'
-|[<MiddleMouse> [<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "[p"
+|[<MiddleMouse>| [<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "[p"
 
 |]_CTRL-D|	] CTRL-D	   jump to first #define found in current and
 				   included files matching the word under the
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |]s|		]s		1  move to next misspelled word
 |]z|		]z		1  move to end of open fold
 |]}|		]}		1  cursor N times forward to unmatched '}'
-|]<MiddleMouse> ]<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "]p"
+|]<MiddleMouse>| ]<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "]p"
 
 ==============================================================================
 2.4 Commands starting with 'g'						*g*
@@ -725,6 +725,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   cursor N times, leave the cursor after it
 |gQ|		gQ		    switch to "Ex" mode with Vim editing
 |gR|		gR		2  enter Virtual Replace mode
+|gT|		gT		   go to the previous tab page
 |gU|		gU{motion}	2  make Nmove text uppercase
 |gV|		gV		   don't reselect the previous Visual area
 				   when executing a mapping or menu in Select
@@ -762,6 +763,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |gq|		gq{motion}	2  format Nmove text
 |gr|		gr{char}	2  virtual replace N chars with {char}
 |gs|		gs		   go to sleep for N seconds (default 1)
+|gt|		gt		   go to the next tab page
 |gu|		gu{motion}	2  make Nmove text lowercase
 |gv|		gv		   reselect the previous Visual area
 |gw|		gw{motion}	2  format Nmove text and keep cursor
@@ -1011,8 +1013,8 @@ tag		command	      action in Command-line editing mode	~
 		CTRL-Z		not used (reserved for suspend)
 |c_<Esc>|	<Esc>		abandon command-line without executing it
 |c_<Esc>|	CTRL-[		same as <Esc>
-|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	 go to Normal mode, abandon command-line
-|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	 go to mode specified with 'insertmode',
+|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	go to Normal mode, abandon command-line
+|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	go to mode specified with 'insertmode',
 				abandon command-line
 		CTRL-\ a - d	reserved for extensions
 |c_CTRL-\_e|	CTRL-\ e {expr} replace the command line with the result of
@@ -1134,7 +1136,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:cgetbuffer|	:cgetb[uffer]	get errors from buffer
 |:cgetexpr|	:cgete[xpr]	get errors from expr
 |:cgetfile|	:cg[etfile]	read file with error messages
-|:changes|	:cha[nges]	print the change list
+|:changes|	:changes	print the change list
 |:chdir|	:chd[ir]	change directory
 |:checkpath|	:che[ckpath]	list included files
 |:checktime|	:checkt[ime]	check timestamp of loaded buffers
@@ -1383,7 +1385,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:promptrepl|	:promptr[epl]	open GUI dialog for search/replace
 |:perldo|	:perld[o]	execute Perl command for each line
 |:pop|		:po[p]		jump to older entry in tag stack
-|:popup|	:pop[up]	popup a menu by name
+|:popup|	:popu[p]	popup a menu by name
 |:ppop|		:pp[op]		":pop" in preview window
 |:preserve|	:pre[serve]	write all text to swap file
 |:previous|	:prev[ious]	go to previous file in argument list
@@ -1401,8 +1403,10 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:pwd|		:pw[d]		print current directory
 |:py3|		:py3		execute Python 3 command
 |:python3|	:python3	same as :py3
+|:py3do|	:py3d[o]	execute Python 3 command for each line
 |:py3file|	:py3f[ile]	execute Python 3 script file
 |:python|	:py[thon]	execute Python command
+|:pydo|		:pyd[o]		execute Python command for each line
 |:pyfile|	:pyf[ile]	execute Python script file
 |:quit|		:q[uit]		quit current window (when one window quit Vim)
 |:quitall|	:quita[ll]	quit Vim
@@ -1469,7 +1473,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:slast|	:sla[st]	split window and go to last file in the
 				argument list
 |:smagic|	:sm[agic]	:substitute with 'magic'
-|:smap|		:sma[p]		like ":map" but for Select mode
+|:smap|		:smap		like ":map" but for Select mode
 |:smapclear|	:smapc[lear]	remove all mappings for Select mode
 |:smenu|	:sme[nu]	add menu for Select mode
 |:snext|	:sn[ext]	split window and go to next file in the

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jul 10
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -380,7 +380,9 @@ The CTRL-O command sometimes has a side effect: If the cursor was beyond the
 end of the line, it will be put on the last character in the line.  In
 mappings it's often better to use <Esc> (first put an "x" in the text, <Esc>
 will then always put the cursor on it).  Or use CTRL-\ CTRL-O, but then
-beware of the cursor possibly being beyond the end of the line.
+beware of the cursor possibly being beyond the end of the line.  Note that the
+command following CTRL-\ CTRL-O can still move the cursor, it is not restored
+to its original position.
 
 The CTRL-O command takes you to Normal mode.  If you then use a command enter
 Insert mode again it normally doesn't nest.  Thus when typing "a<C-O>a" and
@@ -1867,13 +1869,15 @@ NOTE: These commands cannot be used with |:global| or |:vglobal|.
 			See |++opt| for the possible values of [++opt].
 
 							*:r!* *:read!*
-:[range]r[ead] !{cmd}	Execute {cmd} and insert its standard output below
+:[range]r[ead] [++opt] !{cmd}
+			Execute {cmd} and insert its standard output below
 			the cursor or the specified line.  A temporary file is
 			used to store the output of the command which is then
 			read into the buffer.  'shellredir' is used to save
 			the output of the command, which can be set to include
 			stderr or not.  {cmd} is executed like with ":!{cmd}",
 			any '!' is replaced with the previous command |:!|.
+			See |++opt| for the possible values of [++opt].
 
 These commands insert the contents of a file, or the output of a command,
 into the buffer.  They can be undone.  They cannot be repeated with the "."

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 15
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Sep 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -394,6 +394,8 @@ CTRL-{char}	{char} typed as a control character; that is, typing {char}
 							*quotecommandquote*
 "command"	A reference to a command that you can type is enclosed in
 		double quotes.
+`command`	New style command, this distinguishes it from other quoted
+		text and strings.
 
 					*key-notation* *key-codes* *keycodes*
 These names for keys are used in the documentation.  They can also be used

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Apr 13
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ modes.
 :nm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-n|		*:nm* *:nmap*
 :vm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-v|		*:vm* *:vmap*
 :xm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-x|		*:xm* *:xmap*
-:smap	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|		      *:smap*
+:smap	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|		    *:smap*
 :om[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-o|		*:om* *:omap*
 :map!	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-ic|		*:map!*
 :im[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|		*:im* *:imap*

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jun 06
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ COMPILING
 If you already have a compiled Vim program, check if the |+multi_byte| feature
 is included.  The |:version| command can be used for this.
 
-If +multi_byte is not included, you should compile Vim with "big" features.
-You can further tune what features are included.  See the INSTALL files in the
-source directory.
+If +multi_byte is not included, you should compile Vim with "normal", "big" or
+"huge" features.  You can further tune what features are included.  See the
+INSTALL files in the source directory.
 
 
 LOCALE
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ The actual mappings are in the lines below "loadkeymap".  In the example "a"
 is mapped to "A" and "b" to "B".  Thus the first item is mapped to the second
 item.  This is done for each line, until the end of the file.
 These items are exactly the same as what can be used in a |:lnoremap| command,
-using "<buffer>" to make the mappings local to the buffer..
+using "<buffer>" to make the mappings local to the buffer.
 You can check the result with this command: >
 	:lmap
 The two items must be separated by white space.  You cannot include white
@@ -1085,6 +1085,13 @@ Since the mapping is defined with |:lnoremap| the resulting quote will not be
 used for the start of another character.
 The "accents" keymap uses this.				*keymap-accents*
 
+The first column can also be in |<>| form:
+	<C-c>		Ctrl-C
+	<A-c>		Alt-c
+	<A-C>		Alt-C
+Note that the Alt mappings may not work, depending on your keyboard and
+terminal.
+
 Although it's possible to have more than one character in the second column,
 this is unusual.  But you can use various ways to specify the character: >
 	A	a		literal character

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 10
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Feb 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -730,7 +730,11 @@ Vim cannot create a temporary file.
   Can't open file {filename}
   Can't read file {filename}
 
-Vim cannot read a temporary file.
+Vim cannot read a temporary file.  Especially on Windows, this can be caused
+by wrong escaping of special characters for cmd.exe; the approach was
+changed with patch 7.3.443.  Try using |shellescape()| for all shell arguments
+given to |system()|, or explicitly add escaping with ^.  Also see
+'shellxquote' and 'shellxescape'.
 
 							*E464*  >
   Ambiguous use of user-defined command

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 04
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -104,13 +104,14 @@ strokes and has limited redo functionality.  See the chapter on Visual mode
 |Visual-mode|.
 
 You can use a ":" command for a motion.  For example "d:call FindEnd()".
-But this can't be redone with "." if the command is more than one line.
+But this can't be repeated with "." if the command is more than one line.
 This can be repeated: >
 	d:call search("f")<CR>
 This cannot be repeated: >
 	d:if 1<CR>
 	   call search("f")<CR>
 	endif<CR>
+Note that when using ":" any motion becomes characterwise exclusive.
 
 
 FORCING A MOTION TO BE LINEWISE, CHARACTERWISE OR BLOCKWISE

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 15
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -277,8 +277,10 @@ Now the 'list' option is not set, because ":set nolist" resets the global
 value, ":setlocal list" only changes the local value and ":e two" gets the
 global value.  Note that if you do this next: >
 	:e one
-You will not get back the 'list' value as it was the last time you edited
-"one".  The options local to a window are not remembered for each buffer.
+You will get back the 'list' value as it was the last time you edited "one".
+The options local to a window are remembered for each buffer.  This also
+happens when the buffer is not loaded, but they are lost when the buffer is
+wiped out |:bwipe|.
 
 							*:setl* *:setlocal*
 :setl[ocal] ...		Like ":set" but set only the value local to the
@@ -699,6 +701,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	when the system locale is set to one of CJK locales.  See Unicode
 	Standard Annex #11 (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11).
 
+	Vim may set this option automatically at startup time when Vim is
+	compiled with the |+termresponse| feature and if |t_u7| is set to the
+	escape sequence to request cursor position report.
+
 			*'antialias'* *'anti'* *'noantialias'* *'noanti'*
 'antialias' 'anti'	boolean (default: off)
 			global
@@ -756,7 +762,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	When on and 'termbidi' is off, the required visual character
 	corrections that need to take place for displaying the Arabic language
-	take affect.  Shaping, in essence, gets enabled; the term is a broad
+	take effect.  Shaping, in essence, gets enabled; the term is a broad
 	one which encompasses:
 	  a) the changing/morphing of characters based on their location
 	     within a word (initial, medial, final and stand-alone).
@@ -986,7 +992,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	- The backup file will be created in the first directory in the list
 	  where this is possible.  The directory must exist, Vim will not
 	  create it for you.
-	- Empty means that no backup file will be created ('patchmode' is
+	- Empty means that no backup file will be created ( 'patchmode' is
 	  impossible!).  Writing may fail because of this.
 	- A directory "." means to put the backup file in the same directory
 	  as the edited file.
@@ -1463,11 +1469,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			|gui-clipboard|.
 
 						*clipboard-unnamedplus*
-	unnamedplus	A variant of "unnamed" flag which uses the clipboard
-			register '+' (|quoteplus|) instead of register '*' for
-			all operations except yank.  Yank shall copy the text
-			into register '+' and also into '*' when "unnamed" is
-			included.
+	unnamedplus	A variant of the "unnamed" flag which uses the
+			clipboard register '+' (|quoteplus|) instead of
+			register '*' for all yank, delete, change and put
+			operations which would normally go to the unnamed
+			register.  When "unnamed" is also included to the
+			option, yank operations (but not delete, change or
+			put) will additionally copy the text into register
+			'*'.
 			Only available with the |+X11| feature.
 			Availability can be checked with: >
 				if has('unnamedplus')
@@ -1700,7 +1709,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	when CTRL-P or CTRL-N are used.  It is also used for whole-line
 	completion |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L|.  It indicates the type of completion
 	and the places to scan.  It is a comma separated list of flags:
-	.	scan the current buffer ('wrapscan' is ignored)
+	.	scan the current buffer ( 'wrapscan' is ignored)
 	w	scan buffers from other windows
 	b	scan other loaded buffers that are in the buffer list
 	u	scan the unloaded buffers that are in the buffer list
@@ -2865,7 +2874,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	See |file-formats| and |file-read|.
 	For the character encoding of the file see 'fileencoding'.
 	When 'binary' is set, the value of 'fileformat' is ignored, file I/O
-	works like it was set to "unix'.
+	works like it was set to "unix".
 	This option is set automatically when starting to edit a file and
 	'fileformats' is not empty and 'binary' is off.
 	When this option is set, after starting to edit a file, the 'modified'
@@ -2934,6 +2943,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
+		*'fileignorecase'* *'fic'* *'nofileignorecase'* *'nofic'*
+'fileignorecase' 'fic'	boolean	(default on for systems where case in file
+				 names is normally ignored)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+	When set case is ignored when using file names and directories.
+	See 'wildignorecase' for only ignoring case when doing completion.
+
 					*'filetype'* *'ft'*
 'filetype' 'ft'		string (default: "")
 			local to buffer
@@ -3560,6 +3577,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	to set 'guifontwide' at all unless you want to override the choice
 	made by Pango/Xft.
 
+	Windows +multibyte only:		*guifontwide_win_mbyte*
+
+	If set and valid, 'guifontwide' is used for IME instead of 'guifont'.
+
 						*'guiheadroom'* *'ghr'*
 'guiheadroom' 'ghr'	number	(default 50)
 			global
@@ -3820,7 +3841,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-ModeMsg|	 M  Mode (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
 	|hl-LineNr|	 n  line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and
 			    when 'number' or 'relativenumber' option is set.
-	|hl-CursorLineNr|  N like n for when 'cursorline' is set.
+	|hl-CursorLineNr|  N like n for when 'cursorline' or 'relativenumber' is
+			    set.
 	|hl-Question|	 r  |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions
 	|hl-StatusLine|	 s  status line of current window |status-line|
 	|hl-StatusLineNC| S  status lines of not-current windows
@@ -4713,8 +4735,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
 	Characters that form pairs.  The |%| command jumps from one to the
-	other.  Currently only single byte character pairs are allowed, and
-	they must be different.  The characters must be separated by a colon.
+	other.
+	Only character pairs are allowed that are different, thus you cannot
+	jump between two double quotes.
+	The characters must be separated by a colon.
 	The pairs must be separated by a comma.  Example for including '<' and
 	'>' (HTML): >
 		:set mps+=<:>
@@ -5492,6 +5516,19 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	matches will be highlighted.  This is used to avoid that Vim hangs
 	when using a very complicated pattern.
 
+						*'regexpengine'* *'re'*
+'regexpengine' 're'	number	(default 0)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+	This selects the default regexp engine. |two-engines|
+	The possible values are:
+		0	automatic selection
+		1	old engine
+		2	NFA engine
+	Note that when using the NFA engine and the pattern contains something
+	that is not supported the pattern will not match.  This is only useful
+	for debugging the regexp engine.
+
 		*'relativenumber'* *'rnu'* *'norelativenumber'* *'nornu'*
 'relativenumber' 'rnu'	boolean	(default off)
 			local to window
@@ -6119,7 +6156,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 	Number of spaces to use for each step of (auto)indent.  Used for
 	|'cindent'|, |>>|, |<<|, etc.
-	When zero the 'ts' value will be used.
+	When zero the 'ts' value will be used.  Use the |shiftwidth()|
+	function to get the effective shiftwidth value.
 
 						*'shortmess'* *'shm'*
 'shortmess' 'shm'	string	(Vim default "filnxtToO", Vi default: "",
@@ -6383,6 +6421,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	of 8, while being able to edit like it is set to 'sts'.  However,
 	commands like "x" still work on the actual characters.
 	When 'sts' is zero, this feature is off.
+	When 'sts' is negative, the value of 'shiftwidth' is used.
 	'softtabstop' is set to 0 when the 'paste' option is set.
 	See also |ins-expandtab|.  When 'expandtab' is not set, the number of
 	spaces is minimized by using <Tab>s.
@@ -7073,7 +7112,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	Encoding used for the terminal.  This specifies what character
 	encoding the keyboard produces and the display will understand.  For
-	the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ('encoding' is used for the
+	the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ( 'encoding' is used for the
 	display).  Except for the Mac when 'macatsui' is off, then
 	'termencoding' should be "macroman".
 	In the Win32 console version the default value is the console codepage
@@ -7482,7 +7521,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	given, no further entry is used.
 	See |undo-persistence|.
 
-						*'undofile'* *'udf'*
+				*'undofile'* *'noundofile'* *'udf'* *'noudf'*
 'undofile' 'udf'	boolean	(default off)
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -7494,7 +7533,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	For more information about this feature see |undo-persistence|.
 	The undo file is not read when 'undoreload' causes the buffer from
 	before a reload to be saved for undo.
-	WARNING: this is a very new feature.  Use at your own risk!
+	When 'undofile' is turned off the undo file is NOT deleted.
 
 						*'undolevels'* *'ul'*
 'undolevels' 'ul'	number	(default 100, 1000 for Unix, VMS,
@@ -7887,7 +7926,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	When set case is ignored when completing file names and directories.
-	Has no effect on systems where file name case is generally ignored.
+	Has no effect when 'fileignorecase' is set.
 	Does not apply when the shell is used to expand wildcards, which
 	happens when there are special characters.
 
@@ -7906,6 +7945,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	CTRL-P/CTRL-N, cause the highlight to move to the appropriate match.
 	When 'wildmode' is used, "wildmenu" mode is used where "full" is
 	specified.  "longest" and "list" do not start "wildmenu" mode.
+	You can check the current mode with |wildmenumode()|.
 	If there are more matches than can fit in the line, a ">" is shown on
 	the right and/or a "<" is shown on the left.  The status line scrolls
 	as needed.

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 18
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -350,6 +350,27 @@ For starters, read chapter 27 of the user manual |usr_27.txt|.
 		or  \z( pattern \)		|/\z(|
 
 
+				*/\%#=* *two-engines*
+Vim includes two regexp engines:
+1. An old, backtracking engine that supports everything.
+2. A new, NFA engine that works much faster on some patterns, but does not
+   support everything.
+
+Vim will automatically select the right engine for you.  However, if you run
+into a problem or want to specifically select one engine or the other, you can
+prepend one of the following to the pattern:
+
+	\%#=0	Force automatic selection.  Only has an effect when
+	        'regexpengine' has been set to a non-zero value.
+	\%#=1	Force using the old engine.
+	\%#=2	Force using the NFA engine.
+
+You can also use the 'regexpengine' option to change the default.
+
+			 *E864* *E868* *E874* *E875* *E876* *E877* *E878*
+If selecting the NFA engine and it runs into something that is not implemented
+the pattern will not match.  This is only useful when debugging Vim.
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. Magic							*/magic*
 
@@ -396,9 +417,10 @@ pattern.
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Overview of pattern items				*pattern-overview*
+						*E865* *E866* *E867* *E869*
 
 Overview of multi items.				*/multi* *E61* *E62*
-More explanation and examples below, follow the links.			*E64*
+More explanation and examples below, follow the links.		*E64* *E871*
 
 	  multi ~
      'magic' 'nomagic'	matches of the preceding atom ~
@@ -504,16 +526,18 @@ Character classes {not in Vi}:				*/character-classes*
 	x	x	a character with no special meaning matches itself
 
 |/[]|	[]	\[]	any character specified inside the []
-|/\%[]| \%[]	\%[]	a sequence of optionally matched atoms
+|/\%[]|	\%[]	\%[]	a sequence of optionally matched atoms
 
 |/\c|	\c	\c	ignore case, do not use the 'ignorecase' option
 |/\C|	\C	\C	match case, do not use the 'ignorecase' option
+|/\Z|	\Z	\Z	ignore differences in Unicode "combining characters".
+			Useful when searching voweled Hebrew or Arabic text.
+
 |/\m|	\m	\m	'magic' on for the following chars in the pattern
 |/\M|	\M	\M	'magic' off for the following chars in the pattern
 |/\v|	\v	\v	the following chars in the pattern are "very magic"
 |/\V|	\V	\V	the following chars in the pattern are "very nomagic"
-|/\Z|	\Z	\Z	ignore differences in Unicode "combining characters".
-			Useful when searching voweled Hebrew or Arabic text.
+|/\%#=|   \%#=1   \%#=1   select regexp engine |/zero-width|
 
 |/\%d|	\%d	\%d	match specified decimal character (eg \%d123)
 |/\%x|	\%x	\%x	match specified hex character (eg \%x2a)
@@ -581,7 +605,7 @@ overview.
 \?	Just like \=.  Cannot be used when searching backwards with the "?"
 	command. {not in Vi}
 
-						*/\{* *E58* *E60* *E554*
+					*/\{* *E58* *E60* *E554* *E870*
 \{n,m}	Matches n to m of the preceding atom, as many as possible
 \{n}	Matches n of the preceding atom
 \{n,}	Matches at least n of the preceding atom, as many as possible
@@ -674,6 +698,7 @@ overview.
 	For speed it's often much better to avoid this multi.  Try using "\zs"
 	instead |/\zs|.  To match the same as the above example:
 		an\_s\+\zsfile
+	At least set a limit for the look-behind, see below.
 
 	"\@<=" and "\@<!" check for matches just before what follows.
 	Theoretically these matches could start anywhere before this position.
@@ -686,6 +711,18 @@ overview.
 	Example			matches ~
 	\1\@<=,\([a-z]\+\)	",abc" in "abc,abc"
 
+\@123<=
+	Like "\@<=" but only look back 123 bytes. This avoids trying lots
+	of matches that are known to fail and make executing the pattern very
+	slow.  Example, check if there is a "<" just before "span":
+		/<\@1<=span
+	This will try matching "<" only one byte before "span", which is the
+	only place that works anyway.
+	After crossing a line boundary, the limit is relative to the end of
+	the line.  Thus the characters at the start of the line with the match
+	are not counted (this is just to keep it simple).
+	The number zero is the same as no limit.
+
 							*/\@<!*
 \@<!	Matches with zero width if the preceding atom does NOT match just
 	before what follows.  Thus this matches if there is no position in the
@@ -695,11 +732,16 @@ overview.
 	The match with the preceding atom is made to end just before the match
 	with what follows, thus an atom that ends in ".*" will work.
 	Warning: This can be slow (because many positions need to be checked
-	for a match).
+	for a match).  Use a limit if you can, see below.
 	Example			matches ~
 	\(foo\)\@<!bar		any "bar" that's not in "foobar"
 	\(\/\/.*\)\@<!in	"in" which is not after "//"
 
+\@123<!
+	Like "\@<!" but only look back 123 bytes. This avoids trying lots of
+	matches that are known to fail and make executing the pattern very
+	slow.
+
 							*/\@>*
 \@>	Matches the preceding atom like matching a whole pattern. {not in Vi}
 	Like "(?>pattern)" in Perl.
@@ -962,7 +1004,8 @@ match ASCII characters, as indicated by the range.
 ~	matches the last given substitute string	*/~* */\~*
 
 \(\)	A pattern enclosed by escaped parentheses.	*/\(* */\(\)* */\)*
-	E.g., "\(^a\)" matches 'a' at the start of a line.  *E51* *E54* *E55*
+	E.g., "\(^a\)" matches 'a' at the start of a line.
+	*E51* *E54* *E55* *E872* *E873*
 
 \1      Matches the same string that was matched by	*/\1* *E65*
 	the first sub-expression in \( and \). {not in Vi}
@@ -993,6 +1036,8 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	[xyz]		any 'x', 'y' or 'z'
 	[a-zA-Z]$	any alphabetic character at the end of a line
 	\c[a-z]$	same
+	[А-яЁё]		Russian alphabet (with utf-8 and cp1251)
+
 								*/[\n]*
 	With "\_" prepended the collection also includes the end-of-line.
 	The same can be done by including "\n" in the collection.  The
@@ -1059,6 +1104,8 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	  any character that's not in "^]-\bdertnoUux".  "[\xyz]" matches '\',
 	  'x', 'y' and 'z'.  It's better to use "\\" though, future expansions
 	  may use other characters after '\'.
+	- Omitting the trailing ] is not considered an error. "[]" works like
+	  "[]]", it matches the ']' character.
 	- The following translations are accepted when the 'l' flag is not
 	  included in 'cpoptions' {not in Vi}:
 		\e	<Esc>
@@ -1164,6 +1211,8 @@ When "\Z" appears anywhere in the pattern, composing characters are ignored.
 Thus only the base characters need to match, the composing characters may be
 different and the number of composing characters may differ.  Only relevant
 when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
+Exception: If the pattern starts with one or more composing characters, these
+must match.
 
 When a composing character appears at the start of the pattern of after an
 item that doesn't include the composing character, a match is found at any
@@ -1173,8 +1222,20 @@ When using a dot and a composing character, this works the same as the
 composing character by itself, except that it doesn't matter what comes before
 this.
 
-The order of composing characters matters, even though changing the order
-doesn't change what a character looks like.  This may change in the future.
+The order of composing characters does not matter.  Also, the text may have
+more composing characters than the pattern, it still matches.  But all
+composing characters in the pattern must be found in the text.
+
+Suppose B is a base character and x and y are composing characters:
+	pattern		text		match ~
+	Bxy		Bxy		yes (perfect match)
+	Bxy		Byx		yes (order ignored)
+	Bxy		By		no (x missing)
+	Bxy		Bx		no (y missing)
+	Bx		Bx		yes (perfect mach)
+	Bx		By		no (x missing)
+	Bx		Bxy		yes (extra y ignored)
+	Bx		Byx		yes (extra y ignored)
 
 ==============================================================================
 9. Compare with Perl patterns				*perl-patterns*

runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2011 Jun 23
+*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2012 Apr 07
 >
-		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell
 <
-Authors:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
+Authors:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from the email address)
 						*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*glvs-copyright*
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell	*glvs-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
 	package, including getscriptPlugin.vim, getscript.vim,
 	GetLatestVimScripts.dist, and pi_getscript.txt, except use "getscript"
@@ -343,6 +343,11 @@ after/syntax/c.vim contained in it to overwrite a user's c.vim.
 	default= $HOME/vimfiles (windows)
 		Override where :AutoInstall: scripts will be installed.
 		Doesn't override vimball installation.
+>
+	g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr
+<       default='http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='
+		Override this if your system needs
+	  ...  ='http://vim.sourceforge.net/script/script.php?script_id='
 
 ==============================================================================
 8. GetLatestVimScripts Algorithm		*glvs-algorithm* *glvs-alg*
@@ -380,7 +385,11 @@ The AutoInstall process will:
 ==============================================================================
 9. GetLatestVimScripts History		*getscript-history* *glvs-hist* {{{1
 
-v44 Jun 23, 2011 : * handles additional decompression options for tarballs
+v35 Apr 07, 2012 : * (MengHuan Yu) pointed out that the script url has
+		     changed (somewhat).  However, it doesn't work, and
+		     the original one does (under Linux). I'll make it
+		     yet-another-option.
+v34 Jun 23, 2011 : * handles additional decompression options for tarballs
                      (tgz taz tbz txz)
 v33 May 31, 2011 : * using fnameescape() instead of escape()
 		   * *.xz support

runtime/doc/pi_paren.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_paren.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Jun 16
+*pi_paren.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -46,7 +46,10 @@ are:
   closed folds.
 - 'synmaxcol' times 2 bytes before or after the cursor to avoid a delay
   in a long line with syntax highlighting.
-
+- A timeout of 300 msec (60 msec in Insert mode). This can be changed with the
+  g:matchparen_timeout and g:matchparen_insert_timeout variables and their
+  buffer-local equivalents b:matchparen_timeout and
+  b:matchparen_insert_timeout.
 
 If you would like the |%| command to work better, the matchit plugin can be
 used, see |matchit-install|.  This plugin also helps to skip matches in

runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 17
+*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 17
 
 		       +====================+
 		       | Tar File Interface |
 		       +====================+
 
-Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
 Copyright 2005-2012:					*tar-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
@@ -50,6 +50,21 @@ Copyright 2005-2012:					*tar-copyright*
 	*g:tar_extractcmd* , which by default is >
 		"tar -xf"
 <
+						*:TarDiff*
+   DIFFERENCING SUPPORT~
+
+   :TarDiff [filename]
+
+	This command will attempt to show the differences between the tarball
+	version of a file and the associated file on the system.  In order to
+	find that file on the system, the script uses the path associated with
+	the file mentioned in the tarball.  If the current directory is not
+	correct for that path, :TarDiff will fail to find the associated file.
+
+	If the [filename] is given, that that filename (and path) will be used
+	to specify the associated file.
+
+
    PREVENTING LOADING~
 
    If for some reason you do not wish to use vim to examine tar'd files,

runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
-*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 17
+*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 17
 
 				+====================+
 				| Zip File Interface |
 				+====================+
 
-Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
+Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2012 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
 	package, including zipPlugin.vim, zip.vim, and pi_zip.vim.  except use
 	"zip.vim" instead of "VIM".  Like anything else that's free, zip.vim
@@ -85,8 +85,13 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. History							*zip-history* {{{1
+   v26 Nov 15, 2012 * (Jason Spiro) provided a lot of new extensions that
+		      are synonyms for .zip
    v25 Jun 27, 2011 * using keepj with unzip -Z
 		      (consistent with the -p variant)
+		    * (Ben Staniford) now uses
+			has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
+		      before converting to cygwin-style paths
    v24 Jun 21, 2010 * (Cédric Bosdonnat) unzip seems to need its filenames
 		      fnameescape'd as well as shellquote'd
 		    * (Motoya Kurotsu) inserted keepj before 0d to protect

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 10
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -574,6 +574,8 @@ commands can be combined to create a NewGrep command: >
 			'ignorecase' applies.  To overrule it put |/\c| in the
 			pattern to ignore case or |/\C| to match case.
 			'smartcase' is not used.
+			If {pattern} is empty (e.g. // is specified), the last
+			used search pattern is used. |last-pattern|
 
 			When a number is put before the command this is used
 			as the maximum number of matches to find.  Use

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 22
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 
 							 *quickref* *Contents*
  tag	  subject			 tag	  subject	~
-|Q_ct|  list of help files		|Q_re|	Repeating commands
+|Q_ct|	list of help files		|Q_re|	Repeating commands
 |Q_lr|	motion: Left-right		|Q_km|	Key mapping
 |Q_ud|	motion: Up-down			|Q_ab|	Abbreviations
 |Q_tm|	motion: Text object		|Q_op|	Options
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 |Q_co|	change: Complex			|Q_bu|	Buffer list commands
 |Q_vi|	Visual mode			|Q_sy|	Syntax highlighting
 |Q_to|	Text objects			|Q_gu|	GUI commands
-					|Q_fo|  Folding
+					|Q_fo|	Folding
 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 N is used to indicate an optional count that can be given before the command.
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ N is used to indicate an optional count that can be given before the command.
 |:marks|  :marks	print the active marks
 |CTRL-O|  N  CTRL-O	go to Nth older position in jump list
 |CTRL-I|  N  CTRL-I	go to Nth newer position in jump list
-|:ju|	  :ju[mps]	print the jump list
+|:ju|     :ju[mps]	print the jump list
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_vm*		Various motions
 
@@ -204,30 +204,30 @@ N is used to indicate an optional count that can be given before the command.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_ta*		Using tags
 
-|:ta|	   :ta[g][!] {tag}	jump to tag {tag}
-|:ta|	   :[count]ta[g][!]	jump to [count]'th newer tag in tag list
+|:ta|      :ta[g][!] {tag}	jump to tag {tag}
+|:ta|      :[count]ta[g][!]	jump to [count]'th newer tag in tag list
 |CTRL-]|      CTRL-]		jump to the tag under cursor, unless changes
 				   have been made
-|:ts|	   :ts[elect][!] [tag]	list matching tags and select one to jump to
+|:ts|      :ts[elect][!] [tag]	list matching tags and select one to jump to
 |:tjump|   :tj[ump][!] [tag]	jump to tag [tag] or select from list when
 				   there are multiple matches
-|:ltag|	   :lt[ag][!] [tag]	jump to tag [tag] and add matching tags to the
+|:ltag|    :lt[ag][!] [tag]	jump to tag [tag] and add matching tags to the
 				   location list
 
-|:tags|	   :tags		print tag list
+|:tags|    :tags		print tag list
 |CTRL-T|   N  CTRL-T		jump back from Nth older tag in tag list
-|:po|	   :[count]po[p][!]	jump back from [count]'th older tag in tag list
+|:po|      :[count]po[p][!]	jump back from [count]'th older tag in tag list
 |:tnext|   :[count]tn[ext][!]	jump to [count]'th next matching tag
 |:tp|      :[count]tp[revious][!] jump to [count]'th previous matching tag
-|:tr|	   :[count]tr[ewind][!] jump to [count]'th matching tag
-|:tl|	   :tl[ast][!]		jump to last matching tag
+|:tr|      :[count]tr[ewind][!]	jump to [count]'th matching tag
+|:tl|      :tl[ast][!]		jump to last matching tag
 
-|:ptag|	   :pt[ag] {tag}	open a preview window to show tag {tag}
-|CTRL-W_}|     CTRL-W }		like CTRL-] but show tag in preview window
+|:ptag|    :pt[ag] {tag}	open a preview window to show tag {tag}
+|CTRL-W_}|    CTRL-W }		like CTRL-] but show tag in preview window
 |:pts|     :pts[elect]		like ":tselect" but show tag in preview window
 |:ptjump|  :ptj[ump]		like ":tjump" but show tag in preview window
 |:pclose|  :pc[lose]		close tag preview window
-|CTRL-W_z|     CTRL-W z		close tag preview window
+|CTRL-W_z|    CTRL-W z		close tag preview window
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_sc*		Scrolling
 
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ These only work when 'wrap' is off:
 |:startreplace| :startr[eplace][!]  start Replace mode, at EOL when [!] used
 
 in Visual block mode:
-|v_b_I|    I	insert the same text in front of all the selected lines
+|v_b_I|	   I	insert the same text in front of all the selected lines
 |v_b_A|	   A	append the same text after all the selected lines
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_ai*		Insert mode keys
@@ -334,16 +334,16 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 *Q_de*		Deleting text
 
 |x|	N  x		delete N characters under and after the cursor
-|<Del>| N  <Del>	delete N characters under and after the cursor
+|<Del>|	N  <Del>	delete N characters under and after the cursor
 |X|	N  X		delete N characters before the cursor
 |d|	N  d{motion}	delete the text that is moved over with {motion}
-|v_d|	{visual}d	delete the highlighted text
+|v_d|	   {visual}d	delete the highlighted text
 |dd|	N  dd		delete N lines
 |D|	N  D		delete to the end of the line (and N-1 more lines)
 |J|	N  J		join N-1 lines (delete <EOL>s)
-|v_J|	{visual}J	join the highlighted lines
+|v_J|	   {visual}J	join the highlighted lines
 |gJ|	N  gJ		like "J", but without inserting spaces
-|v_gJ|	{visual}gJ	like "{visual}J", but without inserting spaces
+|v_gJ|	   {visual}gJ	like "{visual}J", but without inserting spaces
 |:d|	:[range]d [x]	delete [range] lines [into register x]
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_cm*		Copying and moving text
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 |R|	  N  R		enter Replace mode (repeat the entered text N times)
 |gR|	  N  gR		enter virtual Replace mode: Like Replace mode but
 			   without affecting layout
-|v_b_r|	  {visual}r{char}
+|v_b_r|	     {visual}r{char}
 			in Visual block mode: Replace each char of the
 			   selected text with {char}
 
@@ -447,13 +447,13 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 
 |visual-index|	list of Visual mode commands.
 
-|v|	   v		start highlighting characters  }  move cursor and use
-|V|	   V		start highlighting linewise    }  operator to affect
+|v|        v		start highlighting characters  }  move cursor and use
+|V|        V		start highlighting linewise    }  operator to affect
 |CTRL-V|   CTRL-V	start highlighting blockwise   }  highlighted text
-|v_o|	   o		exchange cursor position with start of highlighting
-|gv|	   gv		start highlighting on previous visual area
-|v_v|	   v		highlight characters or stop highlighting
-|v_V|	   V		highlight linewise or stop highlighting
+|v_o|      o		exchange cursor position with start of highlighting
+|gv|       gv		start highlighting on previous visual area
+|v_v|      v		highlight characters or stop highlighting
+|v_V|      V		highlight linewise or stop highlighting
 |v_CTRL-V| CTRL-V	highlight blockwise or stop highlighting
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_to*		Text objects (only in Visual mode or after an operator)
@@ -509,8 +509,8 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_km*		Key mapping
 
-|:map|	     :ma[p] {lhs} {rhs}	  map {lhs} to {rhs} in Normal and Visual mode
-|:map!|	     :ma[p]! {lhs} {rhs}  map {lhs} to {rhs} in Insert and Command-line
+|:map|       :ma[p] {lhs} {rhs}	  map {lhs} to {rhs} in Normal and Visual mode
+|:map!|      :ma[p]! {lhs} {rhs}  map {lhs} to {rhs} in Insert and Command-line
 				     mode
 |:noremap|   :no[remap][!] {lhs} {rhs}
 				  same as ":map", no remapping for this {rhs}
@@ -522,19 +522,19 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 				     Normal and Visual mode
 |:map_l!|    :ma[p]! [lhs]	  list mappings (starting with [lhs]) for
 				     Insert and Command-line mode
-|:cmap|	     :cmap/:cunmap/:cnoremap
+|:cmap|      :cmap/:cunmap/:cnoremap
 				  like ":map!"/":unmap!"/":noremap!" but for
 				     Command-line mode only
-|:imap|	     :imap/:iunmap/:inoremap
+|:imap|      :imap/:iunmap/:inoremap
 				  like ":map!"/":unmap!"/":noremap!" but for
 				     Insert mode only
-|:nmap|	     :nmap/:nunmap/:nnoremap
+|:nmap|      :nmap/:nunmap/:nnoremap
 				  like ":map"/":unmap"/":noremap" but for
 				     Normal mode only
-|:vmap|	     :vmap/:vunmap/:vnoremap
+|:vmap|      :vmap/:vunmap/:vnoremap
 				  like ":map"/":unmap"/":noremap" but for
 				     Visual mode only
-|:omap|	     :omap/:ounmap/:onoremap
+|:omap|      :omap/:ounmap/:onoremap
 				  like ":map"/":unmap"/":noremap" but only for
 				     when an operator is pending
 |:mapc|      :mapc[lear]	  remove mappings for Normal and Visual mode
@@ -691,6 +691,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'fileencodings'   'fencs'   automatically detected character encodings
 'fileformat'	  'ff'	    file format used for file I/O
 'fileformats'	  'ffs'     automatically detected values for 'fileformat'
+'fileignorecase'  'fic'     ignore case when using file names
 'filetype'	  'ft'	    type of file, used for autocommands
 'fillchars'	  'fcs'     characters to use for displaying special items
 'fkmap'		  'fk'	    Farsi keyboard mapping
@@ -823,6 +824,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'quoteescape'	  'qe'	    escape characters used in a string
 'readonly'	  'ro'	    disallow writing the buffer
 'redrawtime'	  'rdt'     timeout for 'hlsearch' and |:match| highlighting
+'regexpengine'	  're'	    default regexp engine to use
 'relativenumber'  'rnu'	    show relative line number in front of each line
 'remap'			    allow mappings to work recursively
 'report'		    threshold for reporting nr. of lines changed
@@ -958,9 +960,9 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_ur*		Undo/Redo commands
 
-|u|	  N  u		undo last N changes
+|u|       N  u		undo last N changes
 |CTRL-R|  N  CTRL-R	redo last N undone changes
-|U|	     U		restore last changed line
+|U|          U		restore last changed line
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_et*		External commands
 
@@ -1011,7 +1013,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 				   C4350, etc.)
 |:normal|	:norm[al][!] {commands}
 				execute Normal mode commands
-|Q|		Q		switch to "Ex" mode
+|Q|		   Q		switch to "Ex" mode
 
 |:redir|	:redir >{file}		redirect messages to {file}
 |:silent|	:silent[!] {command}	execute {command} silently
@@ -1087,11 +1089,11 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_ex*		Special Ex characters
 
-|:bar|	    |		separates two commands (not for ":global" and ":!")
+|:bar|      |		separates two commands (not for ":global" and ":!")
 |:quote|    "		begins comment
 
-|:_%|	    %		current file name (only where a file name is expected)
-|:_#|	    #[num]	alternate file name [num] (only where a file name is
+|:_%|       %		current file name (only where a file name is expected)
+|:_#|       #[num]	alternate file name [num] (only where a file name is
 			   expected)
 	Note: The next seven are typed literally; these are not special keys!
 |:<abuf>|   <abuf>	buffer number, for use in an autocommand (only where a
@@ -1171,18 +1173,18 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 	   Without !: Fail if changes have been made to the current buffer.
 	      With !: Discard any changes to the current buffer.
 |:edit_f|  :e[dit][!] {file}	edit {file}
-|:edit|	   :e[dit][!]		reload the current file
-|:enew|	   :ene[w][!]		edit a new, unnamed buffer
+|:edit|    :e[dit][!]		reload the current file
+|:enew|    :ene[w][!]		edit a new, unnamed buffer
 |:find|    :fin[d][!] {file}	find {file} in 'path' and edit it
 
-|CTRL-^|   N   CTRL-^		edit alternate file N (equivalent to ":e #N")
-|gf|	       gf  or ]f	edit the file whose name is under the cursor
-|:pwd|	   :pwd			print the current directory name
-|:cd|	   :cd [path]		change the current directory to [path]
-|:cd-|	   :cd -		back to previous current directory
-|:file|	   :f[ile]		print the current file name and the cursor
+|CTRL-^|   N  CTRL-^		edit alternate file N (equivalent to ":e #N")
+|gf|          gf  or ]f		edit the file whose name is under the cursor
+|:pwd|     :pwd			print the current directory name
+|:cd|      :cd [path]		change the current directory to [path]
+|:cd-|     :cd -		back to previous current directory
+|:file|    :f[ile]		print the current file name and the cursor
 				   position
-|:file|	   :f[ile] {name}	set the current file name to {name}
+|:file|    :f[ile] {name}	set the current file name to {name}
 |:files|   :files		show alternate file names
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_fl*		Using the argument list			|argument-list|
@@ -1198,12 +1200,12 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 
 	     in current window    in new window	~
 |:argument|  :argu[ment] N	  :sar[gument] N	edit file N
-|:next|	     :n[ext]		  :sn[ext]		edit next file
+|:next|      :n[ext]		  :sn[ext]		edit next file
 |:next_f|    :n[ext] {arglist}	  :sn[ext] {arglist}	define new arg list
 							   and edit first file
-|:Next|	     :N[ext]		  :sN[ext]		edit previous file
+|:Next|      :N[ext]		  :sN[ext]		edit previous file
 |:first|     :fir[st]		  :sfir[st]		edit first file
-|:last|	     :la[st]		  :sla[st]		edit last file
+|:last|      :la[st]		  :sla[st]		edit last file
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_wq*		Writing and quitting
 

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Mar 16
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -438,6 +438,10 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		option should be used when Vim is started by a program that
 		will wait for the edit session to finish (e.g., mail or
 		readnews).  See |amiga-window|.
+
+		MS-Windows: This option is not supported.  However, when
+		running Vim with an installed vim.bat or gvim.bat file it
+		works.
 		{not in Vi}
 
 

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jul 16
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 31
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -381,7 +381,11 @@ This is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
 window into HTML.  Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
 
 After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser.  The
-colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim.
+colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim.  You can jump to
+specific lines by adding (for example) #L123 or #123 to the end of the URL in
+your browser's address bar (#123 only with javascript support). And with
+|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
+in Vim.
 
 You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
 Source the script to convert the current file: >
@@ -424,7 +428,11 @@ and last line to be converted.  Example, using the last set Visual area: >
 			|g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
 			all windows which are part of the diff in the current
 			tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
-			in the generated HTML.
+			in the generated HTML. When this happens you can jump
+			to lines in specific windows with (for example) #W1L42
+			for line 42 in the first diffed window, or #W3L87 for
+			line 87 in the third. Omitting the window ID will
+			default to the first window if javascript is enabled.
 
 			Examples: >
 
@@ -999,6 +1007,14 @@ comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
 The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
 
 
+CPP						*cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
+
+Most of things are same as |ft-c-syntax|.
+
+Variable		Highlight ~
+cpp_no_c11		don't highlight C++11 standard items
+
+
 CSH						*csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
 
 This covers the shell named "csh".  Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
@@ -1090,6 +1106,10 @@ Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
 or: >
 	:set filetype=docbkxml
 
+You can specify the DocBook version: >
+	:let docbk_ver = 3
+When not set 4 is used.
+
 
 DOSBATCH				*dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
 
@@ -1227,17 +1247,17 @@ to your startup file.
 
 ERLANG						*erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
 
-The erlang highlighting supports Erlang (ERicsson LANGuage).
-Erlang is case sensitive and default extension is ".erl".
+Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson.  Files with
+the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
 
-If you want to disable keywords highlighting, put in your .vimrc: >
-	:let erlang_keywords = 1
-If you want to disable built-in-functions highlighting, put in your
-.vimrc file: >
-	:let erlang_functions = 1
-If you want to disable special characters highlighting, put in
-your .vimrc: >
-	:let erlang_characters = 1
+The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
+put the following line in your vimrc: >
+
+      :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
+
+To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
+
+      :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
 
 
 FLEXWIKI				*flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
@@ -2057,7 +2077,7 @@ Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
 than you intend to have in your final document.  For this reason, the common
 practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
 marks.  If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
-need to maintaining regular spacing in the input text.  To mark both trailing
+need to maintain regular spacing in the input text.  To mark both trailing
 spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
 
   :let nroff_space_errors = 1
@@ -2274,7 +2294,7 @@ For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
 
   let php_parent_error_close = 1
 
-For skipping an php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
+For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
 one: >
 
   let php_parent_error_open = 1
@@ -2436,24 +2456,33 @@ Pascal.  Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
 
 PYTHON						*python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
 
-There are four options to control Python syntax highlighting.
+There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
 
 For highlighted numbers: >
-	:let python_highlight_numbers = 1
+	:let python_no_number_highlight = 1
 
 For highlighted builtin functions: >
-	:let python_highlight_builtins = 1
+	:let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
 
 For highlighted standard exceptions: >
-	:let python_highlight_exceptions = 1
+	:let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
+
+For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
+	:let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
+or >
+	:let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
+(first option implies second one).
 
 For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
-	:let python_highlight_space_errors = 1
+	:let python_space_error_highlight = 1
 
 If you want all possible Python highlighting (the same as setting the
-preceding three options): >
+preceding last option and unsetting all other ones): >
 	:let python_highlight_all = 1
 
+Note: only existence of these options matter, not their value. You can replace 
+      1 above with anything.
+
 
 QUAKE						*quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
 
@@ -2489,6 +2518,12 @@ This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
 later, and part earlier) adds.
 
 
+RESTRUCTURED TEXT			*rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
+
+You may set what syntax definitions should be used for code blocks via
+	let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
+
+
 REXX						*rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
 
 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
@@ -2901,6 +2936,35 @@ if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
 Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
 |tex-folding| for a way around this.
 
+								*g:tex_fast*
+
+Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
+
+	:let g:tex_fast= ""
+
+in your .vimrc.  Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
+highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
+synchronization.  The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
+price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
+folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
+
+You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
+selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
+
+    b : allow bold and italic syntax
+    c : allow texComment syntax
+    m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
+    M : allow texMath syntax
+    p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
+    r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
+    s : allow superscript/subscript regions
+    S : allow texStyle syntax
+    v : allow verbatim syntax
+    V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
+<
+As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
+but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
+
 					    *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
  Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
 
@@ -3795,7 +3859,7 @@ s-{nr}	start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
 e	end of the matched pattern
 e+{nr}	end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
 e-{nr}	end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
-{nr}	(for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars to the left
+{nr}	(for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
 
 Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
 
@@ -3893,9 +3957,9 @@ External matches					*:syn-ext-match*
 These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
 
 						*/\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52*
-    \z(\)	Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it is can
-		be accessed from another pattern match.  Currently only usable
-		in defining a syntax region start pattern.
+    \z(\)	Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
+		accessed from another pattern match.  Currently only usable in
+		defining a syntax region start pattern.
 
 					*/\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
     \z1  ...  \z9			*/\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
@@ -4582,7 +4646,8 @@ IncSearch	'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
 LineNr		Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
 		or 'relativenumber' option is set.
 							*hl-CursorLineNr*
-CursorLineNr	Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
+CursorLineNr	Like LineNr when 'cursorline' or 'relativenumber' is set for
+		the cursor line.
 							*hl-MatchParen*
 MatchParen	The character under the cursor or just before it, if it
 		is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
@@ -4871,7 +4936,7 @@ restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
 
 Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
 on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely, 
-syntax commands executed from that window do not effect other windows on the
+syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
 same buffer.
 
 A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -233,10 +233,12 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'fex'	options.txt	/*'fex'*
 'ff'	options.txt	/*'ff'*
 'ffs'	options.txt	/*'ffs'*
+'fic'	options.txt	/*'fic'*
 'fileencoding'	options.txt	/*'fileencoding'*
 'fileencodings'	options.txt	/*'fileencodings'*
 'fileformat'	options.txt	/*'fileformat'*
 'fileformats'	options.txt	/*'fileformats'*
+'fileignorecase'	options.txt	/*'fileignorecase'*
 'filetype'	options.txt	/*'filetype'*
 'fillchars'	options.txt	/*'fillchars'*
 'fk'	options.txt	/*'fk'*
@@ -523,6 +525,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'noexpandtab'	options.txt	/*'noexpandtab'*
 'noexrc'	options.txt	/*'noexrc'*
 'nofen'	options.txt	/*'nofen'*
+'nofic'	options.txt	/*'nofic'*
+'nofileignorecase'	options.txt	/*'nofileignorecase'*
 'nofk'	options.txt	/*'nofk'*
 'nofkmap'	options.txt	/*'nofkmap'*
 'nofoldenable'	options.txt	/*'nofoldenable'*
@@ -653,6 +657,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'nottybuiltin'	options.txt	/*'nottybuiltin'*
 'nottyfast'	options.txt	/*'nottyfast'*
 'notx'	options.txt	/*'notx'*
+'noudf'	options.txt	/*'noudf'*
+'noundofile'	options.txt	/*'noundofile'*
 'novb'	options.txt	/*'novb'*
 'novice'	vi_diff.txt	/*'novice'*
 'novisualbell'	options.txt	/*'novisualbell'*
@@ -732,9 +738,11 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'quote	motion.txt	/*'quote*
 'quoteescape'	options.txt	/*'quoteescape'*
 'rdt'	options.txt	/*'rdt'*
+'re'	options.txt	/*'re'*
 'readonly'	options.txt	/*'readonly'*
 'redraw'	vi_diff.txt	/*'redraw'*
 'redrawtime'	options.txt	/*'redrawtime'*
+'regexpengine'	options.txt	/*'regexpengine'*
 'relativenumber'	options.txt	/*'relativenumber'*
 'remap'	options.txt	/*'remap'*
 'report'	options.txt	/*'report'*
@@ -964,6 +972,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 't_te'	term.txt	/*'t_te'*
 't_ti'	term.txt	/*'t_ti'*
 't_ts'	term.txt	/*'t_ts'*
+'t_u7'	term.txt	/*'t_u7'*
 't_ue'	term.txt	/*'t_ue'*
 't_us'	term.txt	/*'t_us'*
 't_ut'	term.txt	/*'t_ut'*
@@ -1384,6 +1393,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 /\	pattern.txt	/*\/\\*
 /\$	pattern.txt	/*\/\\$*
 /\%#	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%#*
+/\%#=	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%#=*
 /\%$	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%$*
 /\%'m	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%'m*
 /\%(	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%(*
@@ -1829,6 +1839,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :RmVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:RmVimball*
 :Sexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Sexplore*
 :TOhtml	syntax.txt	/*:TOhtml*
+:TarDiff	pi_tar.txt	/*:TarDiff*
 :Texplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Texplore*
 :UseVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:UseVimball*
 :Vexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Vexplore*
@@ -2584,7 +2595,9 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :pwd	editing.txt	/*:pwd*
 :py	if_pyth.txt	/*:py*
 :py3	if_pyth.txt	/*:py3*
+:py3do	if_pyth.txt	/*:py3do*
 :py3file	if_pyth.txt	/*:py3file*
+:pydo	if_pyth.txt	/*:pydo*
 :pyf	if_pyth.txt	/*:pyf*
 :pyfile	if_pyth.txt	/*:pyfile*
 :python	if_pyth.txt	/*:python*
@@ -4250,8 +4263,24 @@ E858	eval.txt	/*E858*
 E859	eval.txt	/*E859*
 E86	windows.txt	/*E86*
 E860	eval.txt	/*E860*
-E861	eval.txt	/*E861*
+E862	eval.txt	/*E862*
+E863	if_pyth.txt	/*E863*
+E864	pattern.txt	/*E864*
+E865	pattern.txt	/*E865*
+E866	pattern.txt	/*E866*
+E867	pattern.txt	/*E867*
+E868	pattern.txt	/*E868*
+E869	pattern.txt	/*E869*
 E87	windows.txt	/*E87*
+E870	pattern.txt	/*E870*
+E871	pattern.txt	/*E871*
+E872	pattern.txt	/*E872*
+E873	pattern.txt	/*E873*
+E874	pattern.txt	/*E874*
+E875	pattern.txt	/*E875*
+E876	pattern.txt	/*E876*
+E877	pattern.txt	/*E877*
+E878	pattern.txt	/*E878*
 E88	windows.txt	/*E88*
 E89	message.txt	/*E89*
 E90	message.txt	/*E90*
@@ -4478,6 +4507,8 @@ TabLeave	autocmd.txt	/*TabLeave*
 Tcl	if_tcl.txt	/*Tcl*
 TermChanged	autocmd.txt	/*TermChanged*
 TermResponse	autocmd.txt	/*TermResponse*
+TextChanged	autocmd.txt	/*TextChanged*
+TextChangedI	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedI*
 Transact-SQL	ft_sql.txt	/*Transact-SQL*
 U	undo.txt	/*U*
 UTF-8	mbyte.txt	/*UTF-8*
@@ -4768,7 +4799,8 @@ aw	motion.txt	/*aw*
 a{	motion.txt	/*a{*
 a}	motion.txt	/*a}*
 b	motion.txt	/*b*
-b:changedtick-variable	eval.txt	/*b:changedtick-variable*
+b:	eval.txt	/*b:*
+b:changedtick	eval.txt	/*b:changedtick*
 b:changelog_name	filetype.txt	/*b:changelog_name*
 b:current_syntax-variable	syntax.txt	/*b:current_syntax-variable*
 b:netrw_lastfile	pi_netrw.txt	/*b:netrw_lastfile*
@@ -5032,6 +5064,7 @@ clipboard-exclude	options.txt	/*clipboard-exclude*
 clipboard-html	options.txt	/*clipboard-html*
 clipboard-unnamed	options.txt	/*clipboard-unnamed*
 clipboard-unnamedplus	options.txt	/*clipboard-unnamedplus*
+clojure-indent	indent.txt	/*clojure-indent*
 cmdarg-variable	eval.txt	/*cmdarg-variable*
 cmdbang-variable	eval.txt	/*cmdbang-variable*
 cmdline-arguments	vi_diff.txt	/*cmdline-arguments*
@@ -5180,6 +5213,7 @@ cpo-w	options.txt	/*cpo-w*
 cpo-x	options.txt	/*cpo-x*
 cpo-y	options.txt	/*cpo-y*
 cpo-{	options.txt	/*cpo-{*
+cpp.vim	syntax.txt	/*cpp.vim*
 crash-recovery	recover.txt	/*crash-recovery*
 creating-menus	gui.txt	/*creating-menus*
 credits	intro.txt	/*credits*
@@ -5653,8 +5687,10 @@ ft-ch-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ch-syntax*
 ft-changelog-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-changelog-plugin*
 ft-changelog-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-changelog-syntax*
 ft-chill-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-chill-syntax*
+ft-clojure-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-clojure-indent*
 ft-cobol-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cobol-syntax*
 ft-coldfusion-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-coldfusion-syntax*
+ft-cpp-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cpp-syntax*
 ft-csh-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-csh-syntax*
 ft-css-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-css-omni*
 ft-cweb-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cweb-syntax*
@@ -5728,6 +5764,7 @@ ft-quake-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-quake-syntax*
 ft-r-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-r-indent*
 ft-readline-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-readline-syntax*
 ft-rexx-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rexx-syntax*
+ft-rst-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rst-syntax*
 ft-ruby-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-ruby-omni*
 ft-ruby-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ruby-syntax*
 ft-scheme-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-scheme-syntax*
@@ -5791,6 +5828,7 @@ g,	motion.txt	/*g,*
 g-	undo.txt	/*g-*
 g0	motion.txt	/*g0*
 g8	various.txt	/*g8*
+g:	eval.txt	/*g:*
 g:NetrwTopLvlMenu	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:NetrwTopLvlMenu*
 g:Netrw_corehandler	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_corehandler*
 g:Netrw_funcref	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_funcref*
@@ -5816,6 +5854,12 @@ g:ada_space_errors	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_space_errors*
 g:ada_standard_types	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_standard_types*
 g:ada_with_gnat_project_files	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_with_gnat_project_files*
 g:ada_withuse_ordinary	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_withuse_ordinary*
+g:clojure_align_multiline_strings	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_align_multiline_strings*
+g:clojure_fuzzy_indent	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent*
+g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist*
+g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns*
+g:clojure_maxlines	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_maxlines*
+g:clojure_special_indent_words	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_special_indent_words*
 g:colors_name	options.txt	/*g:colors_name*
 g:decada	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada*
 g:decada.Error_Format	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Error_Format*
@@ -5860,6 +5904,7 @@ g:html_whole_filler	syntax.txt	/*g:html_whole_filler*
 g:netrw_alto	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_alto*
 g:netrw_altv	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_altv*
 g:netrw_banner	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_banner*
+g:netrw_bannerbackslash	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_bannerbackslash*
 g:netrw_browse_split	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_browse_split*
 g:netrw_browsex_viewer	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_browsex_viewer*
 g:netrw_bufsettings	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_bufsettings*
@@ -5872,6 +5917,7 @@ g:netrw_cygwin	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_cygwin*
 g:netrw_dav_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dav_cmd*
 g:netrw_decompress	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_decompress*
 g:netrw_dirhistmax	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dirhistmax*
+g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen*
 g:netrw_errorlvl	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_errorlvl*
 g:netrw_fastbrowse	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fastbrowse*
 g:netrw_fetch_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fetch_cmd*
@@ -5947,6 +5993,8 @@ g:tar_readoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_readoptions*
 g:tar_secure	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_secure*
 g:tar_writeoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_writeoptions*
 g:tex_conceal	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_conceal*
+g:tex_fast	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_fast*
+g:tex_flavor	filetype.txt	/*g:tex_flavor*
 g:tex_isk	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_isk*
 g:var	eval.txt	/*g:var*
 g:vimball_home	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_home*
@@ -6148,6 +6196,7 @@ gui_w16.txt	gui_w16.txt	/*gui_w16.txt*
 gui_w32.txt	gui_w32.txt	/*gui_w32.txt*
 gui_x11.txt	gui_x11.txt	/*gui_x11.txt*
 guifontwide_gtk2	options.txt	/*guifontwide_gtk2*
+guifontwide_win_mbyte	options.txt	/*guifontwide_win_mbyte*
 guioptions_a	options.txt	/*guioptions_a*
 guu	change.txt	/*guu*
 gv	visual.txt	/*gv*
@@ -6549,6 +6598,7 @@ keypad-point	intro.txt	/*keypad-point*
 keys()	eval.txt	/*keys()*
 known-bugs	todo.txt	/*known-bugs*
 l	motion.txt	/*l*
+l:	eval.txt	/*l:*
 l:var	eval.txt	/*l:var*
 lCursor	mbyte.txt	/*lCursor*
 lace.vim	syntax.txt	/*lace.vim*
@@ -6683,6 +6733,7 @@ mapmode-s	map.txt	/*mapmode-s*
 mapmode-v	map.txt	/*mapmode-v*
 mapmode-x	map.txt	/*mapmode-x*
 mapping	map.txt	/*mapping*
+mapping-functions	usr_41.txt	/*mapping-functions*
 mark	motion.txt	/*mark*
 mark-functions	usr_41.txt	/*mark-functions*
 mark-motions	motion.txt	/*mark-motions*
@@ -6794,6 +6845,7 @@ mzscheme-buffer	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-buffer*
 mzscheme-commands	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-commands*
 mzscheme-dynamic	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-dynamic*
 mzscheme-examples	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-examples*
+mzscheme-funcref	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-funcref*
 mzscheme-mzeval	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-mzeval*
 mzscheme-sandbox	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-sandbox*
 mzscheme-threads	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-threads*
@@ -6838,8 +6890,10 @@ netrw-O	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-O*
 netrw-P	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P*
 netrw-R	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-R*
 netrw-S	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-S*
-netrw-T	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-T*
+netrw-Tb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-Tb*
+netrw-Th	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-Th*
 netrw-U	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-U*
+netrw-X	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-X*
 netrw-a	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-a*
 netrw-activate	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-activate*
 netrw-bookmark	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-bookmark*
@@ -6906,6 +6960,7 @@ netrw-listbookmark	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-listbookmark*
 netrw-listhack	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-listhack*
 netrw-login	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-login*
 netrw-mB	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mB*
+netrw-mF	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mF*
 netrw-mT	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mT*
 netrw-mb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mb*
 netrw-mc	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mc*
@@ -6960,6 +7015,7 @@ netrw-prvwin	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-prvwin*
 netrw-pscp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-pscp*
 netrw-psftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-psftp*
 netrw-putty	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-putty*
+netrw-qF	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-qF*
 netrw-qb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-qb*
 netrw-qf	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-qf*
 netrw-quickcom	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-quickcom*
@@ -7289,7 +7345,12 @@ put-Visual-mode	change.txt	/*put-Visual-mode*
 py3eval()	eval.txt	/*py3eval()*
 pyeval()	eval.txt	/*pyeval()*
 python	if_pyth.txt	/*python*
+python-.locked	if_pyth.txt	/*python-.locked*
+python-Dictionary	if_pyth.txt	/*python-Dictionary*
+python-Function	if_pyth.txt	/*python-Function*
+python-List	if_pyth.txt	/*python-List*
 python-bindeval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-bindeval*
+python-bindeval-objects	if_pyth.txt	/*python-bindeval-objects*
 python-buffer	if_pyth.txt	/*python-buffer*
 python-buffers	if_pyth.txt	/*python-buffers*
 python-command	if_pyth.txt	/*python-command*
@@ -7300,10 +7361,15 @@ python-error	if_pyth.txt	/*python-error*
 python-eval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-eval*
 python-examples	if_pyth.txt	/*python-examples*
 python-input	if_pyth.txt	/*python-input*
+python-options	if_pyth.txt	/*python-options*
 python-output	if_pyth.txt	/*python-output*
 python-pyeval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-pyeval*
 python-range	if_pyth.txt	/*python-range*
+python-tabpage	if_pyth.txt	/*python-tabpage*
+python-tabpages	if_pyth.txt	/*python-tabpages*
+python-vars	if_pyth.txt	/*python-vars*
 python-vim	if_pyth.txt	/*python-vim*
+python-vvars	if_pyth.txt	/*python-vvars*
 python-window	if_pyth.txt	/*python-window*
 python-windows	if_pyth.txt	/*python-windows*
 python.vim	syntax.txt	/*python.vim*
@@ -7426,6 +7492,7 @@ rileft.txt	rileft.txt	/*rileft.txt*
 riscos	os_risc.txt	/*riscos*
 rot13	change.txt	/*rot13*
 round()	eval.txt	/*round()*
+rst.vim	syntax.txt	/*rst.vim*
 rsync	pi_netrw.txt	/*rsync*
 ruby	if_ruby.txt	/*ruby*
 ruby-buffer	if_ruby.txt	/*ruby-buffer*
@@ -7477,6 +7544,8 @@ save-file	editing.txt	/*save-file*
 save-settings	starting.txt	/*save-settings*
 scheme.vim	syntax.txt	/*scheme.vim*
 scp	pi_netrw.txt	/*scp*
+screencol()	eval.txt	/*screencol()*
+screenrow()	eval.txt	/*screenrow()*
 script	usr_41.txt	/*script*
 script-here	if_perl.txt	/*script-here*
 script-local	map.txt	/*script-local*
@@ -7545,11 +7614,13 @@ sgr-mouse	options.txt	/*sgr-mouse*
 sh-awk	syntax.txt	/*sh-awk*
 sh-embed	syntax.txt	/*sh-embed*
 sh.vim	syntax.txt	/*sh.vim*
+sha256()	eval.txt	/*sha256()*
 shell-window	tips.txt	/*shell-window*
 shell_error-variable	eval.txt	/*shell_error-variable*
 shellescape()	eval.txt	/*shellescape()*
 shift	intro.txt	/*shift*
 shift-left-right	change.txt	/*shift-left-right*
+shiftwidth()	eval.txt	/*shiftwidth()*
 short-name-changed	version4.txt	/*short-name-changed*
 showing-menus	gui.txt	/*showing-menus*
 sign-commands	sign.txt	/*sign-commands*
@@ -7811,6 +7882,7 @@ system-functions	usr_41.txt	/*system-functions*
 system-vimrc	starting.txt	/*system-vimrc*
 s~	change.txt	/*s~*
 t	motion.txt	/*t*
+t:	eval.txt	/*t:*
 t:var	eval.txt	/*t:var*
 t_#2	term.txt	/*t_#2*
 t_#4	term.txt	/*t_#4*
@@ -7955,6 +8027,7 @@ t_ti	term.txt	/*t_ti*
 t_tp	version4.txt	/*t_tp*
 t_ts	term.txt	/*t_ts*
 t_ts_old	version4.txt	/*t_ts_old*
+t_u7	term.txt	/*t_u7*
 t_ue	term.txt	/*t_ue*
 t_undo	version4.txt	/*t_undo*
 t_us	term.txt	/*t_us*
@@ -8125,6 +8198,7 @@ try-nested	eval.txt	/*try-nested*
 try-nesting	eval.txt	/*try-nesting*
 tutor	usr_01.txt	/*tutor*
 twice	if_cscop.txt	/*twice*
+two-engines	pattern.txt	/*two-engines*
 type()	eval.txt	/*type()*
 type-mistakes	tips.txt	/*type-mistakes*
 typecorr-settings	usr_41.txt	/*typecorr-settings*
@@ -8205,6 +8279,7 @@ utf-8-in-xwindows	mbyte.txt	/*utf-8-in-xwindows*
 utf-8-typing	mbyte.txt	/*utf-8-typing*
 utf8	mbyte.txt	/*utf8*
 v	visual.txt	/*v*
+v:	eval.txt	/*v:*
 v:beval_bufnr	eval.txt	/*v:beval_bufnr*
 v:beval_col	eval.txt	/*v:beval_col*
 v:beval_lnum	eval.txt	/*v:beval_lnum*
@@ -8498,6 +8573,7 @@ vt100-function-keys	term.txt	/*vt100-function-keys*
 w	motion.txt	/*w*
 w32-clientserver	remote.txt	/*w32-clientserver*
 w32-xpm-support	gui_w32.txt	/*w32-xpm-support*
+w:	eval.txt	/*w:*
 w:current_syntax	syntax.txt	/*w:current_syntax*
 w:quickfix_title	quickfix.txt	/*w:quickfix_title*
 w:var	eval.txt	/*w:var*
@@ -8506,6 +8582,7 @@ white-space	pattern.txt	/*white-space*
 whitespace	pattern.txt	/*whitespace*
 wildcard	editing.txt	/*wildcard*
 wildcards	editing.txt	/*wildcards*
+wildmenumode()	eval.txt	/*wildmenumode()*
 win16-!start	gui_w16.txt	/*win16-!start*
 win16-clipboard	gui_w16.txt	/*win16-clipboard*
 win16-colors	gui_w16.txt	/*win16-colors*

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Feb 16
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -294,6 +294,8 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 		|termcap-cursor-shape|
 	t_RV	request terminal version string (for xterm)	*t_RV* *'t_RV'*
 		|xterm-8bit| |v:termresponse| |'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
+	t_u7	request cursor position (for xterm)		*t_u7* *'t_u7'*
+		see |'ambiwidth'|
 
 KEY CODES
 Note: Use the <> form if possible
@@ -326,7 +328,7 @@ Note: Use the <> form if possible
 	t_k8	<F8>		function key 8		*<F8>*	*t_k8* *'t_k8'*
 	t_k9	<F9>		function key 9		*<F9>*	*t_k9* *'t_k9'*
 	t_k;	<F10>		function key 10		*<F10>*	*t_k;* *'t_k;'*
-	t_F1	<F11>		function key 11		*<F11>* *t_F1* *'t_F1'*
+	t_F1	<F11>		function key 11		*<F11>*	*t_F1* *'t_F1'*
 	t_F2	<F12>		function key 12		*<F12>*	*t_F2* *'t_F2'*
 	t_F3	<F13>		function key 13		*<F13>*	*t_F3* *'t_F3'*
 	t_F4	<F14>		function key 14		*<F14>*	*t_F4* *'t_F4'*
@@ -356,9 +358,9 @@ Note: Use the <> form if possible
 	t_kI	<Insert>	insert key			*t_kI* *'t_kI'*
 	t_kD	<Del>		delete key			*t_kD* *'t_kD'*
 	t_kb	<BS>		backspace key			*t_kb* *'t_kb'*
-	t_kB	<S-Tab>		back-tab (shift-tab)  *<S-Tab>* *t_kB* *'t_kB'*
+	t_kB	<S-Tab>		back-tab (shift-tab)  *<S-Tab>*	*t_kB* *'t_kB'*
 	t_kh	<Home>		home key			*t_kh* *'t_kh'*
-	t_#2	<S-Home>	shifted home key     *<S-Home>* *t_#2* *'t_#2'*
+	t_#2	<S-Home>	shifted home key     *<S-Home>*	*t_#2* *'t_#2'*
 		<xHome>		alternate home key		*<xHome>*
 	t_@7	<End>		end key				*t_@7* *'t_@7'*
 	t_*7	<S-End>		shifted end key	*<S-End>* *t_star7* *'t_star7'*
@@ -371,8 +373,8 @@ Note: Use the <> form if possible
 	t_K5	<kPageDown>	keypad page-down key		*t_K5* *'t_K5'*
 	t_K6	<kPlus>		keypad plus key	      *<kPlus>*	*t_K6* *'t_K6'*
 	t_K7	<kMinus>	keypad minus key     *<kMinus>*	*t_K7* *'t_K7'*
-	t_K8	<kDivide>	keypad divide	    *<kDivide>* *t_K8* *'t_K8'*
-	t_K9	<kMultiply>	keypad multiply   *<kMultiply>* *t_K9* *'t_K9'*
+	t_K8	<kDivide>	keypad divide	    *<kDivide>*	*t_K8* *'t_K8'*
+	t_K9	<kMultiply>	keypad multiply   *<kMultiply>*	*t_K9* *'t_K9'*
 	t_KA	<kEnter>	keypad enter key     *<kEnter>*	*t_KA* *'t_KA'*
 	t_KB	<kPoint>	keypad decimal point *<kPoint>*	*t_KB* *'t_KB'*
 	t_KC	<k0>		keypad 0		 *<k0>*	*t_KC* *'t_KC'*

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 15
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -34,47 +34,325 @@ not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
+--- Python interface
+
+Patch from ZyX, May 30: Fix some possible memory problems
+
+Check: docs for .valid  patch by ZyX, May 30
+Correction by Roland Eggner, May 31.
+
+Tests are disabled because they fail.
+
+Configure doesn't find Python 3 on Ubuntu 13.04. (Ken Takata, Apr 13)
+
+Python SystemExit exception is not handled properly.  Patch to catch the
+exception and give an error. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
+Does not work, tests fail.
+
+Patch to complete after :py3. (Taro Muraoka, 2013 May 31)
+
+":python os.chdir('/tmp')" makes short buffer names invalid. (Xavier de Gaye)
+Patch to make os.chdir() handle side effects. (Xavier de Gaye, 2013 May 17)
+Update May 19, also for os.fchdir().
+Adds a $VIMRUNTIME/python directory.
+ZyX: OK to add python and python3 directory.
+
+Mac: OS/X 10.4 with Python 2.5 installed: configure finds an extra argument
+that breaks the build. (Brian Victor, 2008 Sep 1)
+
+Patch to access screen under Python. (Marko Mahni, 2010 Jul 18)
+
+Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack)
+
+Win32: The Python interface only works with one version of Python, selected at
+compile time.  Can this be made to work with version 2.1 and 2.2 dynamically?
+
+Python: Be able to define a Python function that can be called directly from
+Vim script.  Requires converting the arguments and return value, like with
+vim.bindeval().
+
+--- runtime files
+
+Syntax file for protocol buffers. (Feng Xiao, 2013 May 9)
+Has an ugly copyright notice.
+Add statement that it does not conflict with Vim license.
+
+Patch for JavaScript syntax. (Kevin Locke, 2013 May 9)
+Claudio didn't respond yet.
+
+--- Fast regexp engine
+
+Error in HTML highlighting. (Hiroshi Shirosaki)
+
+Tests for \{-} : Requires trying to start at every position?
+If so, rename nfa_has_backref to nfa_dup_states and re-use it for this.
+
+Allow "^*" as a literal "*".
+
+Need more testing for \1 back references.
+
+Profiling:
+    ./vim -s ~/vim/test/loop.vim
+    ./vim -s ~/vim/test/xml.vim  (Fix: Uses the old engine, see
+				bt_regexp_debug.log)
+	Need \@<=
+	NFA engine could not handle "[<]\@<=[^ /!?<>"']\+"
+	NFA engine could not handle "<!--\_.\{-}-->"
+
+setting cpo_lit and cpo_bsl can be slow.  Make them global.
+
+Get example files for many languages. Compare syntax highlighting with old and
+new regexp, find regexp constructs where NFA does not work correctly.
+source ~/vim/regexp/runold.vim  to update the "old" files.
+source ~/vim/regexp/runnew.vim  to update the "new" files
+source ~/vim/regexp/diff.vim    to find differences
+
+More test files from the src/pkg/regexp/testdata directory in the Go repo.
+
+It's very slow compared to the old engine...
+Performance tests:
+- ~/vim/text/FeiqCfg.xml (file from Netjune)
+- ~/vim/text/edl.svg  (also XML)
+- glts has five tests. (May 25)
+- ~/vim/test/veryslow.js  display last line (file from Daniel Fetchinson)
+- ~/vim/test/slowsearch
+- ~/vim/test/rgb.vim
+- search for  a.*e*exn  in the vim executable.  Go to last line to use
+  'hlsearch'.
+- Slow combination of folding and PHP syntax highlighting.  Script to
+  reproduce it.  Caused by "syntax sync fromstart" in combination with patch
+  7.2.274.  (Christian Brabandt, 2010 May 27) Generally, folding with
+  'foldmethod' set to "syntax" is slow.  Do profiling to find out why.
+- It does not use any of the optimizations, such as required start pattern.
+- When lists are empty in nfa_regmatch() and match is true, it keeps looping
+  without doing anything.
+
+Does not work (yet) with NFA:
+- \z() \z1 .. "\z9": Previously matched text in syn HL.
+- ~: previous substitute pattern. Requires recursive compilation?
+- \%u, \%x, \%o, \%d followed by a composing character
+- \%V Visual
+- \%[abc]
+- \%'  mark
+- \@<  match before zero-width
+- \@>  match whole pattern
+
+--- bug fixes
+
+Patch to avoid wrong error message for 1.0[0]. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 May
+1)
+
+Patch for if_lua. (Luis Carvalho, 2012 Aug 26, update Aug 29, another Aug 30,
+then Sep 1, reminder Oct 14)
+
+Patch for if_perl.  (Ike Devolder, May 27)
+
+Patch to check if 'foldexpr' sets did_emsg. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Mar 20)
+
+Patch for 'backupcopy' default behavior for symlinks on Windows. (David Pope,
+2012 Mar 21, update Mar 31)
+With fix for memory leak: Ken Takata, 2012 Aug 24
+Another update Sep 24.
+Also patch from Joerg Bornemann, 2013 Apr 30.
+
+Undo problem: line not removed as expected when using setline() from Insert
+mode. (Israel Chauca, 2010 May 13, more in second msg)
+Break undo when CTRL-R = changes the text?  Or save more lines?
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2012 Nov 16.
+
+Do allow real tags above the !_TAG entries. Undo older patch. Issue 90.
+
+Matches might be highlighted correctly. Inefficient patch by Christian
+Brabandt, 2013 Feb 26.
+
+Patch to use bold/italic fonts when 'guifontewide' is set. (Ken Takata, 2013
+Mar 31)
+
+Problem with winfixheight and resizing. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Sep 17)
+Patch Sep 18.
+
+Patch for IME problems. Remove hacking code for old IM. (Yukihiro Nakadaira,
+2012 Jul 20)
+
+Patch to fix finding toolbar bitmaps.  Issue 129.
+
+Combining characters are not used when executing a register with :@w.
+(William Fugh, 2013 Apr 5, more info from Ben Fritz)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Apr 6.  Second one.
+
+MS-Windows ACL support doesn't work well.  Patch from Ken Takata, 2012 Aug 29.
+Update Aug 31.
+Another patch for MingW, 2012 Dec 29.
+
+Bug in completion menu. (Olivier Teuliere, 2013 Feb 15)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, Feb 16.
+
+Issue 134: pasting in visual selection in empty buffer.
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 22.
+
+'cursorline' is drawn incorrectly in diff mode. Patch by Christian Brabandt,
+2012 Apr 2.
+
+When someone does a silly thing such as setting rows and columns to 65535,
+handle the out-of-memory and set them to sane values? (jimmywang, 2013 May 17)
+
+InsertEnter doesn't prevent the cursor from moving when it goes to another
+line.
+
+":diffoff" does not restore options from before starting diff mode.
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 26.
+
+--- slightly incompatible changes
+
+Patch to load ~/.vim/vimrc when ~/.vimrc isn't found. (Lech Lorens, 2013 Apr
+13)
+
+It's probably a good idea to make a negative value for 'sts' use the value of
+'sw'.  Patch by So8res, Oct 3 2012
+
+When a buffer-local mapping is used, but a global mapping starts with the same
+characters, Vim currently waits for the next typed character to find out if
+the global mapping matches.  It is probably better to let the local mapping
+win and not wait. (discussion with Andy Wokula, 2013 Jan 30)
+Patch by Michael Henry, 2013 Jan 30, update Feb 15.
+
+Patch to store absolute path for cscope. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 31)
+
+---- Fixes to be included before 7.4 above, less important stuff below ----
+
+Several syntax file match "^\s*" which may get underlined if that's in the
+highlight group.  Add a "\zs" after it?
+
 Go through more coverity reports.
 
 Discussion about canonicalization of Hebrew. (Ron Aaron, 2011 April 10)
 
+Checking runtime scripts: Thilo Six, 2012 Jun 6.
+
 GTK: problem with 'L' in 'guioptions' changing the window width.
 (Aaron Cornelius, 2012 Feb 6)
 
-Checking runtime scripts: Thilo Six, 2012 Jun 6.
-
 Javascript file where indent gets stuck on: GalaxyMaster, 2012 May 3.
 
 The CompleteDone autocommand needs some info passed to it:
 - The word that was selected (empty if abandoned complete)
 - Type of completion: tag, omnifunc, user func.
 
-":gundo" command: global undo.  Undoes changes spread over multiple files in
-the order they were made.  Also ":gredo".  Both with a count.  Useful when
-tests fail after making changes and you forgot in which files.
+Using ":call foo#d.f()" doesn't autoload the "foo.vim" file.
+That is, calling a dictionary function on an autoloaded dict.
+Works OK for echo, just not for  ":call" and ":call call()". (Ted, 2011 Mar
+17)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Mar 23.
+Not 100% sure this is the right solution.
 
 Win32: When a directory name contains an exclamation mark, completion doesn't
 complete the contents of the directory.  No escaping for the "!"? (Jan
 Stocker, 2012 Jan 5)
 
+Patch to support expression argument to sort() instead of a function name.
+Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 May 31.
+Or should we add a more general mechanism, like lambda functions?
+
+Problem caused by patch 7.3.638: window->open does not update window
+correctly. Issue 91.
+
+Patch to fix that 'cedit' is recognized after :normal. (Christian Brabandt,
+2013 Mar 19, later message)
+
+Patch to view coverage of the tests. (Nazri Ramliy, 2013 Feb 15)
+
+Patch to invert characters differently in GTK. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2013 May
+5)
+
+Patch to add the bufferlist() function. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2013 May 5)
+May 17: with winlist() and tabpagelist().
+May 19: with local variables.
+May 28: with options
+
+Patch to support 'u' in interactive substitute. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Sep
+28)  With tests: Oct 9.
+
+Patch to allow setting w:quickfix_title via setqflist() and setloclist()
+functions. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 8, update May 21)
+Patch to add getlocstack() / setlocstack(). (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 14)
+Second one. Update May 22.
+
+Patch to make fold updates much faster. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Dec)
+
+Patch for IME handling, adds 'imactivatefunc' and 'imstatusfunc' option.
+(Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2012 Aug 16)
+Patch to improve IME handling. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2012 Jul 18)
+
 Issue 54: document behavior of -complete, also expands arg.
 
+-   Add regex for 'paragraphs' and 'sections': 'parare' and 'sectre'.  Combine
+    the two into a regex for searching. (Ned Konz)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Apr 20, unfinished.
+
+Bug: findfile("any", "http://;") returns http://any. (Andrew Pimlott, 2013 May
+7)  Not sure if that can be fixed, but when using "file://" it should be
+possible to check if the file exists.
+
+v:register is not directly reset to " after a delete command that specifies a
+register.  It is reset after the next command. (Steve Vermeulen, 2013 Mar 16)
+
+'ff' is wrong for one-line file without EOL. (Issue 77)
+
+Patch to set antialiasing style on Windows. (Ondrej Balaz, 2013 Mar 14)
+Needs a different check for CLEARTYPE_QUALITY.
+
 Issue 72: 'autochdir' causes problems for :vimgrep.
 
+In the ATTENTION message about an existing swap file, mention the name of the
+process that is running.  It might actually be some other program, e.g. after
+a reboot.
+
 MS-Windows: Crash opening very long file name starting with "\\".
 (Christian Brock, 2012 Jun 29)
 
+patch to add "combine" flag to  syntax commands. (so8res, 2012 Dec 6)
+
 Syntax update problem in one buffer opened in two windows, bottom window is
 not correctly updated. (Paul Harris, 2012 Feb 27)
 
+Patch to add assignments in cscope. (Uli Meis, Estabrooks, 2012 Sep 1)
+Alternate patch by Gary Johnson, Sep 4.
+
 Patch to add getsid(). (Tyru, 2011 Oct 2)  Do we want this?  Update Oct 4.
 Or use expand('<sid>')?
 
-Patch to improve IME handling. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2012 Jul 18)
+Patch to make confirm() display colors. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Nov 9)
+
+Patch to add functions for signs. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jan 27)
+
+Patch to use directX to draw text on Windows.  Adds the 'renderoptions'
+option.  (Taro Muraoka, 2013 Jan 25, update 2013 Apr 3, May 14)
+
+Patch to add 'completeselect' option.  Specifies how to select a candidate in
+insert completion. (Shougo, 2013 May 29)
+Update to add to existing 'completeopt'. 2013 May 30
+
+Problem with refresh:always in completion. (Tyler Wade, 2013 Mar 17)
+
+b:undo_ftplugin cannot call a script-local function. (Boris Danilov, 2013 Jan
+7)
 
 Patch for :tabcloseleft, after closing a tab go to left tab. (William Bowers,
 2012 Aug 4)
 
+Patch to improve equivalence classes in regexp patterns.
+(Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jan 16, update Jan 17)
+
+Patch with suggestions for starting.txt. (Tony Mechelynck, 2012 Oct 24)
+But use Gnome instead of GTK?
+
+Patch to make FocusGained and FocusLost work in modern terminals. (Hayaki
+Saito, 2013 Apr 24)
+
+Should be possible to enable/disable matchparen per window or buffer.
+Add a check for b:no_match_paren in Highlight_matching_Pair() (Marcin
+Szamotulski, 2012 Nov 8)
+
 Crash in autocmd that unloads buffers in a BufUnload event. (Andrew Pimlott,
 2012 Aug 11)  Disallow :new when BufUnload is being handled?
 
@@ -87,18 +365,36 @@ MS-Windows resizing problems:
 
 'iminsert' global value set when using ":setlocal iminsert"? (Wu, 2012 Jun 23)
 
-Help for b:undo_indent'. (Thilo Six, 2012 May 28)
+Patch to append regexp to tag commands to make it possible to select one out
+of many matches. (Cody Cutler, 2013 Mar 28)
+
+Help for 'b:undo_indent'. (Thilo Six, 2012 May 28)
 Also question if examples are correct.
 
+It should be possible to make globpath() return a list instead of a string,
+like with glob(). (Greg Novack, 2012 Nov 2)
+
 The input map for CTRL-O in mswin.vim causes problems after CTRL-X CTRL-O.
 Suggestion for another map. (Philip Mat, 2012 Jun 18)
 But use "gi" instead of "a".  Or use CTRL-\ CTRL-O.
 
+Patch to support user name completion on MS-Windows. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2012
+Aug 16)
+
+Have an option for spell checking to not mark any Chinese, Japanese or other
+double-width characters as error.  Or perhaps all characters above 256.
+(Bill Sun)  Helps a lot for mixed Asian and latin text.
+
+When there are no command line arguments ":next" and ":argu" give E163, which
+is confusing.  Should say "the argument list is empty".
+
 URXVT:
-- will get stuck if byte sequence does not containe expected semicolon.
+- will get stuck if byte sequence does not contain the expected semicolon.
 - Use urxvt mouse support also in xterm.  Explanations:
   http://www.midnight-commander.org/ticket/2662
 
+MS-Windows: test 17 fails.  Analysis by Michael Soyka, 2012 Nov 5.
+
 Patch to add tests for if_xcmdsrv.c., Jul 8, need some more work. (Brian Burns)
 New tests Jul 13.   Update Jul 17.  Discussion Jul 18.
 
@@ -106,18 +402,12 @@ When running Vim in silent ex mode, an existing swapfile causes Vim to wait
 for a user action without a prompt. (Maarten Billemont, 2012 Feb 3)
 Do give the prompt? Quit with an error?
 
-Patch for 'backupcopy' default behavior for symlinks on Windows. (David Pope,
-2012 Mar 21, update Mar 31)
-
 Patch to list user digraphs. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Apr 14)
 
 Patch for input method status. (Hirohito Higashi, 2012 Apr 18)
 
-Problem with winfixheight and resizing. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Sep 17)
-Patch Sep 18.
-
-Patch for IME problems. Remove hacking code for old IM. (Yukihiro Nakadaira,
-2012 Jul 20)
+Patch to use .png icons for the toolbar on MS-Windows. (Martin Gieseking, 2013
+Apr 18)
 
 Patch for has('unnamedplus') docs. (Tony Mechelynck, 2011 Sep 27)
 And one for gui_x11.txt.
@@ -127,9 +417,7 @@ And one for gui_x11.txt.
     Version for latest MacVim: Tobia Conforto, 2009 Nov 23
     More recent version: https://retracile.net/wiki/VimBreakIndent
     Posted to vim-dev by Taylor Hedberg, 2011 Nov 25
-
-Problem with starting Visual block mode with :norm when 'virtualedit' is set.
-(David glts, 2012 Jun 5)
+    Update by Taylor Hedberg, 2013 May 30.
 
 ":cd" doesn't work when current directory path contains "**".
 finddir() has the same problem.  (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2012 Jan 10)
@@ -139,10 +427,9 @@ Problem with l: dictionary being locked in a function. (ZyX, 2011 Jul 21)
 
 Should use has("browsefilter") in ftplugins.  Requires patch 7.3.593.
 
-Issue 48: foldopen error can't be caught by try/catch
+Update for vim2html.pl. (Tyru, 2013 Feb 22)
 
-"dg_" deletes including the last character, "d:normal! g_" doesn't.
-(Nomen Nescio, 2012 Jun 27)
+Issue 48: foldopen error can't be caught by try/catch
 
 Patch to sort functions starting with '<' after others.  Omit dict functions,
 they can't be called. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2011 Oct 11)
@@ -155,19 +442,11 @@ Nov 20)
 Patch to improve GUI find/replace dialog. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 May 26)
 Update Jun 2.
 
-Patch to add ":py3do". (Lilydjwg, 2012 Apr 7)
-
-`[ moves to character after insert, instead of the last inserted character.
+`] moves to character after insert, instead of the last inserted character.
 (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Dec 9)
 
 Plugin for Modeleasy. (Massimiliano Tripoli, 2011 Nov 29)
 
-When using remote-silent the -R flag is not passed on. (Axel Bender, 2012 May
-31)
-
-Updated syntax file for ssh_config, maintainer doesn't respond.
-(Leonard Ehrenfried, 2011 Sep 26)
-
 BufWinLeave triggers too late when quitting last window in a tab page. (Lech
 Lorens, 2012 Feb 21)
 
@@ -188,12 +467,6 @@ On MS-Windows a temp dir with a & init causes system() to fail. (Ben Fritz,
 'list' is set.  (Dennis Preiser)
 Patch 7.3.116 was the wrong solution.
 Christian Brabandt has another incomplete patch. (2011 Jul 13)
-Also: Alignment in help with tabs gets messed up, esp. at ":help index".
-Probably need to make a tab work like there was no concealing.  Possibly with
-an option.  Like line wrapping works as if there is no concealing.
-Patch by Dominique Pelle, Also fixes "fC" problem.
-    "fC" doesn't position the cursor correctly when there are concealed
-    characters.  Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Oct 11)
 
 With concealed text mouse click doesn't put the cursor in the right position.
 (Herb Sitz)  Fix by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jun 16.  Doesn't work properly,
@@ -203,15 +476,9 @@ Syntax region with 'concealends' and a 'cchar' value, 'conceallevel' set to 2,
 only one of the two ends gets the cchar displayed. (Brett Stahlman, 2010 Aug
 21, Ben Fritz, 2010 Sep 14)
 
-'cursorline' is drawn incorrectly in diff mode. Patch by Christian Brabandt,
-2012 Apr 2.
-
 'cursorline' works on a text line only.  Add 'cursorscreenline' for
 highlighting the screen line. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Mar 31)
 
-Win32: Does building a 64 bit version with VC9 give warnings for int
-conversions? (Mike Williams)
-
 Win32: Patch to use task dialogs when available. (Sergiu Dotenco, 2011 Sep 17)
 New feature, requires testing.  Made some remarks.
 
@@ -231,6 +498,9 @@ Oct 26)
 
 Bug in repeating Visual "u". (Lawrence Kesteloot, 2010 Dec 20)
 
+Using "p" in Visual mode while specifying the small delete register "-
+overwrites the register before it is put. (Marcin Szamotulski, 2012 Nov 23)
+
 With "unamedplus" in 'clipboard' pasting in Visual mode causes error for empty
 register. (Michael Seiwald, 2011 Jun 28)  I can't reproduce it.
 
@@ -249,14 +519,8 @@ The error was 'RenderBadPicture (invalid Picture parameter)'.
    backtrace from your debugger if you break on the gdk_x_error() function.)
 Check that number of pixels doesn't go above 65535?
 
-popup completion menu closes quickly when there is a fold in the buffer. (Jan
-Christoph Ebersbach, 2011 Jul 3)
-
 Windows keys not set properly on Windows 7?  (cncyber, 2010 Aug 26)
 
-This line hangs Vim, because of syntax HL:
-call append(line, "INFO  ....12....18....24....30....36....42....48....54....60....66....72....78%$")
-
 When using a Vim server, a # in the path causes an error message.
 (Jeff Lanzarotta, 2011 Feb 17)
 
@@ -309,9 +573,6 @@ mapping, how to restore the script ID?
 Bug in try/catch: return with invalid compare throws error that isn't caught.
 (ZyX, 2011 Jan 26)
 
-Highlighting stops working after changing it many times.  Script to reproduce
-it: Pablo Contreras, 2010 Oct 12  Windows XP and 7.  Font is never freed?
-
 When setting a local option value from the global value, add a script ID that
 indicates this, so that ":verbose set" can give a hint.  Check with options in
 the help file.
@@ -396,6 +657,9 @@ New esperanto spell file can't be processed. (Dominique Pelle, 2011 Jan 30)
 "L'Italie" noted as a spell error at start of the sentence. (Dominique Pelle,
 2011 Feb 27)
 
+Functions to read the actual contents of the screen, so that things like
+conceal can be tested. (Nazri Ramliy, 2013 Feb 18)
+
 Copy/paste between Vim and Google chrome doesn't work well for multi-byte
 characters. (Ben Haskell, 2010 Sep 17)
 When putting text in the cut buffer (when exiting) and conversion doesn't work
@@ -407,6 +671,9 @@ Experimental patch by Christian Brabandt, 2012 Apr 19.
 Editing a file with a ^M with 'ff' set to "mac", opening a help file, then the
 ^M is displayed as ^J sometimes.  Getting 'ff' value from wrong window/buffer?
 
+'colorcolumn' has higher priority than hlsearch.  Should probably be the other
+way around. (Nazri Ramliy, 2013 Feb 19)
+
 When Vim is put in the background (SIGTSTP) and then gets a SIGHUP it doesn't
 exit.  It exists as soon as back in the foreground. (Stephen Liang, 2011 Jan
 9)  Caused by vim_handle_signal(SIGNAL_BLOCK); in ui.c.
@@ -417,14 +684,14 @@ the command line. (Ingo Karkat, 2011 Jan 25)
 Since patch 7.2.46 Yankring plugin has become very slow, eventually make Vim
 crash? (Raiwil, 2010 Nov 17)
 
-Python: Adding line to buffer other than the current one doesn't work
-correctly. (Rozbujnik, 2010 Dec 19)
-
 Patch to add 'systemencoding', convert between 'encoding' and this for file
 names, shell commands and the like.  (Kikuchan, 2010 Oct 14)
 Assume the system converts between the actual encoding of the filesystem to
 the system encoding (usually utf-8).
 
+Patch to add GUI colors to the terminal, when it supports it. (ZyX, 2013 Jan
+26)
+
 Problem producing tags file when hebrew.frx is present.  It has a BOM.
 Results in E670. (Tony Mechelynck, 2010 May 2)
 
@@ -538,6 +805,11 @@ Add local time at start of --startuptime output.
 Requires configure check for localtime().
 Use format year-month-day hr:min:sec.
 
+Patch to add "combine" to :syntax, combines highlight attributes. (Nate
+Soares, 2012 Dec 3)
+
+Patch to make ":hi link" also take arguments. (Nate Soares, 2012 Dec 4)
+
 Shell not recognized properly if it ends in "csh -f". (James Vega, 2009 Nov 3)
 Find tail?  Might have a / in argument.  Find space?  Might have space in
 path.
@@ -576,24 +848,11 @@ Problem with stop directory in findfile(). (Adam Simpkins, 2009 Aug 26)
 Using ']' as the end of a range in a pattern requires double escaping:
      /[@-\\]]  (Andy Wokula, 2011 Jun 28)
 
-Undo problem: line not removed as expected when using setline() from Insert
-mode. (Israel Chauca, 2010 May 13, more in second msg)
-Break undo when CTRL-R = changes the text?  Or save more lines?
-
-Slow combination of folding and PHP syntax highlighting.  Script to reproduce
-it.  Caused by "syntax sync fromstart" in combination with patch 7.2.274.
-(Christian Brabandt, 2010 May 27)
-Generally, folding with 'foldmethod' set to "syntax" is slow.  Do profiling to
-find out why.
-
 Syntax priority problem. (Charles Campbell, 2011 Sep 15)
 
 When completion inserts the first match, it may trigger the line to be folded.
 Disable updating folds while completion is active? (Peter Odding, 2010 Jun 9)
 
-Using ":call foo#d.f()" doesn't autoload the "foo.vim" file.  Works OK for
-echo, just not for  ":call" and ":call call()". (Ted, 2011 Mar 17)
-
 When a:base in 'completefunc' starts with a number it's passed as a number,
 not a string. (Sean Ma)  Need to add flag to call_func_retlist() to force a
 string value.
@@ -622,7 +881,7 @@ to avoid changing 'eventignore'?
 Patch for displaying 0x200c and 0x200d. (Ali Gholami Rudi, 2009 May 6)
 Probably needs a bit of work.
 
-List of encoding aliases. (Takao Fujiware, 2009 Jul 18)
+List of encoding aliases. (Takao Fujiwara, 2009 Jul 18)
 Are they all OK?  Update Jul 22.
 
 Win32: Improved Makefile for MSVC. (Leonardo Valeri Manera, 2010 Aug 18)
@@ -652,7 +911,7 @@ Problem with <script> mappings (Andy Wokula, 2009 Mar 8)
 When starting Vim with "gvim -f -u non_existent_file > foo.txt" there are a
 few control characters in the output. (Dale Wiles, 2009 May 28)
 
-'cmdwinheight is only used in last window when 'winheight' is a large value.
+'cmdwinheight' is only used in last window when 'winheight' is a large value.
 (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Apr 15)
 
 Status line containing winnr() isn't updated when splitting the window (Clark
@@ -682,10 +941,6 @@ Now that colnr_T is int instead of unsigned, more type casts can be removed.
 'delcombine' does not work for the command line. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Jul
 20)
 
-Unwanted file name escaping: ":echo input('file:' , '', 'file')"
-And use file name completion on a file with spaces. (Frederic Hardy, 2009 Mar
-23)
-
 Don't load macmap.vim on startup, turn it into a plugin. (Ron Aaron,
 2009 Apr 7)  Reminder Apr 14.
 
@@ -725,10 +980,6 @@ Support a 'systemencoding' option (for Unix).  It specifies the encoding of
 file names. (Kikuchan, 2010 Oct 5).  Useful on a latin1 or double-byte Asian
 system when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
 
-Win32: A --remote command that has a directory name starting with a ( doesn't
-work, the backslash is removed, assuming that it escapes the (. (Valery
-Kondakoff, 2009 May 13)
-
 Win32 GUI: Changing manifest helps for dpi changes (Joe Castro, 2009 Mar 27)
 
 Win32 GUI: last message from startup doesn't show up when there is an echoerr
@@ -746,7 +997,7 @@ very high. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2010 Jul 22, Michael Peeters, 2010 Jul 22)
 Directory wrong in session file, caused by ":lcd" in BufEnter autocommand.
 (Felix Kater, 2009 Mar 3)
 
-Session file generates error upon loading, cause bu --remote-silent-tab.
+Session file generates error upon loading, cause by --remote-silent-tab.
 (7tommm (ytommm) 2010 Nov 24)
 
 Using ~ works OK on 'a' with composing char, but not on 0x0418  with composing
@@ -786,9 +1037,6 @@ shellescape() depends on 'shellshash' for quoting.  That doesn't work when
 Use a different option or let it depend on whether 'shell' looks like a
 unix-like shell?
 
-Allow patches to add something to version.c, like with an official patch, so
-that :version output shows which patches have been applied.
-
 Bug: in Ex mode (after "Q") backslash before line break, when yanked into a
 register and executed, results in <Nul>: instead of line break.
 (Konrad Schwarz, 2010 Apr 16)
@@ -815,6 +1063,7 @@ ATTENTION message?  (Tony Mechelynck, 2008 Dec 1)
 Also: swap files are in ~/tmp/  One has relative file name ".mozilla/...".
 
 Add v:motion_force. (Kana Natsuno, 2008 Dec 6)
+Maybe call it v:motiontype.
 
 Runtime files for Clojure. (Toralf Wittner, 2008 Jun 25)
 
@@ -867,8 +1116,6 @@ error message?  Or is this easy to implement?  (Nathan Stratton Treadway, 2008
 Aug 20)  This is in ucs2bytes(), search for 0xBF.  Using the ++bad argument is
 at the other match for 0xBF.
 
-Fix for matchparen HL doesn't work.  beep.
-
 When adding "-complete=file" to a user command this also changes how the
 argument is processed for <f-args>. (Ivan Tishchenko, 2008 Aug 19)
 
@@ -914,6 +1161,15 @@ escaping characters where the backslash is not removed later.  Asked Chris for
 an alternate solution, also for src/ex_getln.c.
 This also fails when the file or directory name contains "%". (Thoml, 2008
 July 7)
+Using --remote-silent while the current directory has a # in the name does not
+work, the # needs to be escaped. (Tramblay Bruno, 2012 Sep 15)
+
+When using remote-silent the -R flag is not passed on. (Axel Bender, 2012 May
+31)
+
+Win32: A --remote command that has a directory name starting with a ( doesn't
+work, the backslash is removed, assuming that it escapes the (. (Valery
+Kondakoff, 2009 May 13)
 
 Problem with 'langmap' being used on the rhs of a mapping. (Nikolai Weibull,
 2008 May 14)
@@ -928,6 +1184,14 @@ Oct 19)  Check for "col" being "MAXCOL" separately?
 Unexpectedly inserting a double quote. (Anton Woellert, 2008 Mar 23)
 Works OK when 'cmdheight' is 2.
 
+8   Use a mechanism similar to omni completion to figure out the kind of tab
+    for CTRL-] and jump to the appropriate matching tag (if there are
+    several).
+    Alternative: be able to define a function that takes the tag name and uses
+    taglist() to find the right location.  With indication of using CTRL-] so
+    that the context can be taken into account. (Robert Webb)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 31.
+
 Test54 should not use shell commands.  Make it portable.
 
 The utf class table is missing some entries:
@@ -995,18 +1259,6 @@ Would be more consistent when an existing tab is re-used. (Tony Mechelynck)
 
 Add ":nofold".  Range will apply without expanding to closed fold.
 
-Including NFA regexp code:
-Use "\%#= to set the engine: 0 = automatic, 1 = backtracking, 2 = new.
-Useful in tests.
-Performance tests:
-- ~/vim/test/veryslow.js (file from Daniel Fetchinson)
-- ~/vim/test/slowsearch
-- ~/vim/test/rgb.vim
-- ~/vim/text/FeiqCfg.xml (file from Netjune)
-- ~/vim/text/edl.svg  (also XML)
-- search for  a.*e*exn  in the vim executable.  Go to last line to use
-  'hlsearch'.
-
 Using Aap to build Vim: add remarks about how to set personal preferences.
 Example on http://www.calmar.ws/tmp/aap.html
 
@@ -1154,11 +1406,6 @@ makes his own wrapper).  Add a magic string with the version number to the
 Changes for Win32 makefile. (Mike Williams, 2007 Jan 22, Alexei Alexandrov,
 2007 Feb 8)
 
-Patch for Win32 clipboard under Cygwin. (Frodak Baksik, Feb 15)
-    Sutcliffe says it works well.
-    Update 2007 May 22 for Vim 7.1
-    Update 2008 Dec 2008 for Vim 7.2.xx (Sharonov)
-
 Win32: Can't complete shell command names.  Why is setting xp_context in
 set_one_cmd_context() inside #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME?
 
@@ -1196,10 +1443,6 @@ pointer in long and seek offset in 64 bit var.
 
 Win32: patch for fullscreen mode. (Liushaolin, 2008 April 17)
 
-Win32: When there is 4 Gbyte of memory mch_avail_mem() doesn't work properly.
-Unfinished patch by Jelle Geerts, 2008 Aug 24.
-Let mch_avail_mem() return Kbyte instead?
-
 Win32: When 'shell' is bash shellescape() doesn't always do the right thing.
 Depends on 'shellslash', 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote', but shellescape()
 only takes 'shellslash' into account.
@@ -1248,9 +1491,6 @@ if_ruby.c.
 
 ":helpgrep" should use the directory from 'helpfile'.
 
-Patch to dynamically load Python on Solaris. (Danek Duvall, 2009 Feb 16)
-Needs more work.
-
 The need_fileinfo flag is messy.  Instead make the message right away and put
 it in keep_msg?
 
@@ -1292,9 +1532,6 @@ When doing ":quit" the Netbeans "killed" event isn't sent.  (Xavier de Gaye,
 2008 Nov 10)  call netbeans_file_closed() at the end of buf_freeall(), or in
 all places where buf_freeall() is called?
 
-":python os.chdir('/tmp')" makes short buffer names invalid. (Xavier de Gaye)
-Check directory and call shorten_fnames()?
-
 aucmd_prepbuf() should also use a window in another tab page.
 
 When unloading a buffer in a BufHidden autocommand the hidden flag is reset?
@@ -1330,9 +1567,6 @@ somehow?  Or use a new function.
 
 Mac: Using gvim: netrw window disappears. (Nick Lo, 2006 Jun 21)
 
-Mac: OS/X 10.4 with Python 2.5 installed: configure finds an extra argument
-that breaks the build. (Brian Victor, 2008 Sep 1)
-
 Add an option to specify the character to use when a double-width character is
 moved to the next line.  Default '>', set to a space to blank it out.  Check
 that char is single width when it's set (compare with 'listchars').
@@ -1469,9 +1703,6 @@ resulting in highlighted "{" in that window, not in the other.
 In mswin.vim: Instead of mapping <C-V> for Insert mode in a complicated way,
 can it be done like ":imap <C-V> <MiddleMouse>" without negative side effects?
 
-Completion menu disappears when using 'cursorcolumn'. (Sven-Hendrik Haase,
-2011 May 23)
-
 GTK: when the Tab pages bar appears or disappears while the window is
 maximized the window is no longer maximized.  Patch that has some idea but
 doesn't work from Geoffrey Antos, 2008 May 5.
@@ -1509,6 +1740,9 @@ Win32, NTFS: When editing a specific infostream directly and 'backupcopy' is
 name is something like "c:\path\foo.txt:bar", includes a colon.  (Alex
 Jakushev, 2008 Feb 1)
 
+printf() uses the field width in bytes. Can it be made character width,
+perhaps with a modifier?  What does Posix say?
+
 Small problem displaying diff filler line when opening windows with a script.
 (David Luyer, 2007 Mar 1 ~/Mail/oldmail/mool/in.15872 )
 
@@ -1575,8 +1809,7 @@ Patch to support horizontal scroll wheel in GTK. Untested. (Bjorn Winckler,
 
 
 At next release:
--   Rename src/Makefile and create a new one like toplevel Makefile that
-    creates auto/config.mk when it's not there? (Ben Schmidt, 2011 Feb 11)
+-   Build a huge version by default.
 -   Improve plugin handling: Automatic updates, handle dependencies?
     E.g. Vundle: https://github.com/gmarik/vundle
 
@@ -1618,7 +1851,6 @@ More patches:
     more friendly for the Vim distribution.
     New version received 2008 Jan 6.
     No maintenance in two years...
--   Patch to access screen under Python. (Marko Mahni, 2010 Jul 18)
 -   Patch to open dropped files in new tabs. (Michael Trim, 2010 Aug 3)
 
 Awaiting updated patches:
@@ -2170,8 +2402,6 @@ Macintosh:
     the :catch commands are always executed, also when the file is edited
     normally.  Should reset did_emsg and undo side effects.  Also make sure
     the ATTENTION message shows up.  Servatius Brandt works on this.
-8   ":g//" gives "Pattern not found error" with E486.  Should not use the
-    error number, it's not a regular error message.
 7   Vimtutor leaves escape sequence in terminal. This is the xterm response to
     requesting the version number.  (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
 8   When redirecting and using ":silent" the current column for displaying and
@@ -2199,7 +2429,6 @@ Macintosh:
 8   When doing Insert mode completion a mapping cannot recursively call
     edit(), because the completion information is global.  Put everything in
     an allocated structure?
-6   Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack)
 8   Command line completion: buffers "foo.txt" and "../b/foo.txt", completing
     ":buf foo<Tab>" doesn't find the second one. (George V. Reilly)
 7   mb_off2cells() doesn't work correctly on the tail byte of a double-byte
@@ -3448,12 +3677,6 @@ Tags:
     make the filename or the whole option use |wildcards| globing, better
     would be to merge the 2 kinds of globing. originally (Erik Falor, 2008
     April 18), updated (Ian Kelling, 2008 July 4)
-8   Use a mechanism similar to omni completion to figure out the kind of tab
-    for CTRL-] and jump to the appropriate matching tag (if there are
-    several).
-    Alternative: be able to define a function that takes the tag name and uses
-    taglist() to find the right location.  With indication of using CTRL-] so
-    that the context can be taken into account. (Robert Webb)
 7   Can CTRL-] (jump to tag) include a following "." and "->" to restrict the
     number of possible matches? Check tags file for an item that has members.
     (Flemming Madsen)
@@ -3496,9 +3719,6 @@ Tags:
 Win32 GUI:
 8   Make debug mode work while starting up (vim -D).  Open console window for
     the message and input?
-7   The Python interface only works with one version of Python, selected at
-    compile time.  Can this be made to work with version 2.1 and 2.2
-    dynamically?
 7   GvimExt: when there are several existing Vims, move the list to a submenu.
     (Mike McCollister)
 8   When using "Edit with Vim" for one file it changes directory, when several
@@ -3860,9 +4080,6 @@ Command line completion:
 
 
 Command line history:
-9   Remember which command lines were actually typed and were not loaded from
-    viminfo.  When writing viminfo append only these lines, so that lines from
-    other Vim's are not overwritten.
 -   Add "KeyWasTyped" flag: It's reset before each command and set when a
     character from the keyboard is consumed. Value is used to decide to put a
     command line in history or not. Put line in history if it didn't
@@ -4051,7 +4268,7 @@ Select mode:
 8   In blockwise mode, typed characters are inserted in front of the block,
     backspace deletes a column before the block. (Steve Hall)
 7   Alt-leftmouse starts block mode selection in MS Word.
-    See http://www.vim.org/tips/tip.php?tip_id=743
+    See http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/Use_Alt-Mouse_to_select_blockwise.
 7   Add Cmdline-select mode.  Like Select mode, but used on the command line.
     - Change gui_send_mouse_event() to pass on mouse events when 'mouse'
       contains 'C' or 'A'.
@@ -4207,6 +4424,7 @@ Incsearch:
 
 
 Searching:
+9   Should have an option for :vimgrep to find lines without a match.
 8   Add "g/" and "gb" to search for a pattern in the Visually selected text?
     "g?" is already used for rot13.
     The vis.vim script has a ":S" command that does something like this.
@@ -4338,6 +4556,9 @@ Searching:
 
 
 Undo:
+9   ":gundo" command: global undo.  Undoes changes spread over multiple files
+    in the order they were made.  Also ":gredo".  Both with a count.  Useful
+    when tests fail after making changes and you forgot in which files.
 9   After undo/redo, in the message show whether the buffer is modified or
     not.
 8   Use timestamps for undo, so that a version a certain time ago can be found
@@ -4522,6 +4743,7 @@ Options:
 7   There is 'titleold', why is there no 'iconold'? (Chazelas)
 7   Make 'scrolloff' a global-local option, so that it can be different in the
     quickfix window, for example. (Gary Holloway)
+    Also do 'sidescrolloff'.
 
 
 External commands:
@@ -4711,8 +4933,6 @@ Debug mode:
 
 
 Various improvements:
-9   Python: be able to define a Python function that can be called directly
-    from Vim script.  Requires converting the arguments and return value.
 7   Add plugins for formatting?  Should be able to make a choice depending on
     the language of a file (English/Korean/Japanese/etc.).
     Setting the 'langformat' option to "chinese" would load the
@@ -4737,7 +4957,6 @@ Various improvements:
 7   Allow a window not to have a statusline.  Makes it possible to use a
     window as a buffer-tab selection.
 8   Allow non-active windows to have a different statusline. (Yakov Lerner)
-6   Python interface: add vim.message() function. (Michal Vitecek, 2002 Nov 5)
 7   Support using ":vert" with User commands.  Add expandable items <vert>.
     Do the same for ":browse" and ":confirm"?
     For ":silent" and ":debug" apply to the whole user command.
@@ -4968,8 +5187,6 @@ Various improvements:
 -   Add a variant of CTRL-V that stops interpretation of more than one
     character.	For entering mappings on the command line where a key contains
     several special characters, e.g. a trailing newline.
--   Add regex for 'paragraphs' and 'sections': 'parare' and 'sectre'.  Combine
-    the two into a regex for searching. (Ned Konz)
 -   Make '2' option in 'formatoptions' also work inside comments.
 -   Add 's' flag to 'formatoptions': Do not break when inside a string. (Dodt)
 -   When window size changed (with the mouse) and made too small, set it back

runtime/doc/uganda.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 28
+*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Dec 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -238,6 +238,7 @@ Canada:		Contact Kibaale Children's Fund (KCF) in Surrey, Canada.  They
 Holland:	Transfer to the account of "Stichting ICCF Holland" in Lisse.
 		This will allow for tax deduction if you live in Holland.
 			Postbank, nr. 4548774
+			IBAN: NL95 INGB 0004 5487 74
 
 Germany:	It is possible to make donations that allow for a tax return.
 		Check the ICCF web site for the latest information:

runtime/doc/usr_05.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2009 Jun 04
+*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Nov 20
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -49,8 +49,7 @@ For MS-DOS and MS-Windows you can use one of these:
 
 The vimrc file can contain all the commands that you type after a colon.  The
 most simple ones are for setting options.  For example, if you want Vim to
-always start with the 'incsearch' option on, add this line you your vimrc
-file: >
+always start with the 'incsearch' option on, add this line your vimrc file: >
 
 	set incsearch
 

runtime/doc/usr_08.txt

@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ side by side.  All this is possible with split windows.
 |08.6|	Commands for all windows
 |08.7|	Viewing differences with vimdiff
 |08.8|	Various
-|08.9|  Tab pages
+|08.9|	Tab pages
 
      Next chapter: |usr_09.txt|  Using the GUI
  Previous chapter: |usr_07.txt|  Editing more than one file

runtime/doc/usr_21.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_21.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Nov 09
+*usr_21.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Nov 02
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ example, use: >
 SESSION HERE, SESSION THERE
 
 The obvious way to use sessions is when working on different projects.
-Suppose you store you session files in the directory "~/.vim".  You are
+Suppose you store your session files in the directory "~/.vim".  You are
 currently working on the "secret" project and have to switch to the "boring"
 project: >
 
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ is saved, using ":mksession!".  This overwrites the previous session.  The
 next time you load the secret session you can continue where you were at this
 point.  And finally you load the new "boring" session.
 
-If you open help windows, split and close various window, and generally mess
+If you open help windows, split and close various windows, and generally mess
 up the window layout, you can go back to the last saved session: >
 
 	:source ~/.vim/boring.vim
@@ -423,10 +423,10 @@ and nine numbered 1 to 9.
 A VIEW WITH A NAME
 
 The second basic way to use views is by storing the view in a file with a name
-you chose.  This view can be loaded while editing another file.  Vim will then
-switch to editing the file specified in the view.  Thus you can use this to
-quickly switch to editing another file, with all its options set as you saved
-them.
+you choose.  This view can be loaded while editing another file.  Vim will
+then switch to editing the file specified in the view.  Thus you can use this
+to quickly switch to editing another file, with all its options set as you
+saved them.
    For example, to save the view of the current file: >
 
 	:mkview ~/.vim/main.vim

runtime/doc/usr_22.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_22.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Feb 21
+*usr_22.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Nov 15
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -326,9 +326,9 @@ shorter to type: >
 
 The output could look like this:
 
-  1 #h	"help.txt"			line 62 ~
-  2 %a+	"usr_21.txt"			line 1 ~
-  3	"usr_toc.txt"			line 1 ~
+  1 #h   "help.txt"			line 62 ~
+  2 %a + "usr_21.txt"			line 1 ~
+  3      "usr_toc.txt"			line 1 ~
 
 The first column contains the buffer number.  You can use this to edit the
 buffer without having to type the name, see below.

runtime/doc/usr_28.txt

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ This chapter explains the different ways this can be done.
 |28.7|	Folding by syntax
 |28.8|	Folding by expression
 |28.9|	Folding unchanged lines
-|28.10| Which fold method to use?
+|28.10|	Which fold method to use?
 
      Next chapter: |usr_29.txt|  Moving through programs
  Previous chapter: |usr_27.txt|  Search commands and patterns

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Mar 16
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Feb 20
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -863,12 +863,15 @@ Window size and position:			*window-size-functions*
 	winsaveview()		get view of current window
 	winrestview()		restore saved view of current window
 
-Various:					*various-functions*
-	mode()			get current editing mode
-	visualmode()		last visual mode used
+Mappings:				    *mapping-functions*
 	hasmapto()		check if a mapping exists
 	mapcheck()		check if a matching mapping exists
 	maparg()		get rhs of a mapping
+	wildmenumode()		check if the wildmode is active
+
+Various:					*various-functions*
+	mode()			get current editing mode
+	visualmode()		last visual mode used
 	exists()		check if a variable, function, etc. exists
 	has()			check if a feature is supported in Vim
 	changenr()		return number of most recent change
@@ -1581,7 +1584,7 @@ Here the comment part will be ignored.  However, Vim will try to unmap
 
 RESTORING THE VIEW
 
-Sometimes you want to make a change and go back to where cursor was.
+Sometimes you want to make a change and go back to where the cursor was.
 Restoring the relative position would also be nice, so that the same line
 appears at the top of the window.
    This example yanks the current line, puts it above the first line in the
@@ -1681,7 +1684,7 @@ in your plugin file!
 HEADER
 
 You will probably add new corrections to the plugin and soon have several
-versions laying around.  And when distributing this file, people will want to
+versions lying around.  And when distributing this file, people will want to
 know who wrote this wonderful plugin and where they can send remarks.
 Therefore, put a header at the top of your plugin: >
 

runtime/doc/usr_toc.txt

@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ Subjects that can be read independently.
 		|28.7|	Folding by syntax
 		|28.8|	Folding by expression
 		|28.9|	Folding unchanged lines
-		|28.10| Which fold method to use?
+		|28.10|	Which fold method to use?
 
 |usr_29.txt|  Moving through programs
 		|29.1|	Using tags

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 03
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -174,27 +174,37 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			the command-line.  {commands} are executed like they
 			are typed.  For undo all commands are undone together.
 			Execution stops when an error is encountered.
+
 			If the [!] is given, mappings will not be used.
+			Without it, when this command is called from a
+			non-remappable mapping (|:noremap|), the argument can
+			be mapped anyway.
+
 			{commands} should be a complete command.  If
 			{commands} does not finish a command, the last one
 			will be aborted as if <Esc> or <C-C> was typed.
-			The display isn't updated while ":normal" is busy.
 			This implies that an insert command must be completed
 			(to start Insert mode, see |:startinsert|).  A ":"
 			command must be completed as well.  And you can't use
 			"Q" or "gQ" to start Ex mode.
+
+			The display is not updated while ":normal" is busy.
+
 			{commands} cannot start with a space.  Put a count of
 			1 (one) before it, "1 " is one space.
+
 			The 'insertmode' option is ignored for {commands}.
+
 			This command cannot be followed by another command,
 			since any '|' is considered part of the command.
+
 			This command can be used recursively, but the depth is
 			limited by 'maxmapdepth'.
-			When this command is called from a non-remappable
-			mapping |:noremap|, the argument can be mapped anyway.
+
 			An alternative is to use |:execute|, which uses an
 			expression as argument.  This allows the use of
 			printable characters to represent special characters.
+
 			Example: >
 				:exe "normal \<c-w>\<c-w>"
 <			{not in Vi, of course}
@@ -353,75 +363,75 @@ N  *+mouseshape*	|'mouseshape'|
 B  *+mouse_dec*		Unix only: Dec terminal mouse handling |dec-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_gpm*		Unix only: Linux console mouse handling |gpm-mouse|
 B  *+mouse_netterm*	Unix only: netterm mouse handling |netterm-mouse|
-N  *+mouse_pterm*		QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
+N  *+mouse_pterm*	QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
 N  *+mouse_sysmouse*	Unix only: *BSD console mouse handling |sysmouse|
 B  *+mouse_sgr*		Unix only: sgr mouse handling |sgr-mouse|
-N  *+mouse_urxvt*		Unix only: urxvt mouse handling |urxvt-mouse|
-N  *+mouse_xterm*		Unix only: xterm mouse handling |xterm-mouse|
-B  *+multi_byte*		16 and 32 bit characters |multibyte|
+B  *+mouse_urxvt*	Unix only: urxvt mouse handling |urxvt-mouse|
+N  *+mouse_xterm*	Unix only: xterm mouse handling |xterm-mouse|
+N  *+multi_byte*	16 and 32 bit characters |multibyte|
    *+multi_byte_ime*	Win32 input method for multibyte chars |multibyte-ime|
-N  *+multi_lang*		non-English language support |multi-lang|
+N  *+multi_lang*	non-English language support |multi-lang|
 m  *+mzscheme*		Mzscheme interface |mzscheme|
 m  *+mzscheme/dyn*	Mzscheme interface |mzscheme-dynamic| |/dyn|
 m  *+netbeans_intg*	|netbeans|
-m  *+ole*			Win32 GUI only: |ole-interface|
-N  *+path_extra*		Up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
+m  *+ole*		Win32 GUI only: |ole-interface|
+N  *+path_extra*	Up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
 m  *+perl*		Perl interface |perl|
 m  *+perl/dyn*		Perl interface |perl-dynamic| |/dyn|
 N  *+persistent_undo*	Persistent undo |undo-persistence|
-   *+postscript*		|:hardcopy| writes a PostScript file
+   *+postscript*	|:hardcopy| writes a PostScript file
 N  *+printer*		|:hardcopy| command
 H  *+profile*		|:profile| command
 m  *+python*		Python 2 interface |python|
-m  *+python/dyn*		Python 2 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
+m  *+python/dyn*	Python 2 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
 m  *+python3*		Python 3 interface |python|
-m  *+python3/dyn*		Python 3 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
+m  *+python3/dyn*	Python 3 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
 N  *+quickfix*		|:make| and |quickfix| commands
 N  *+reltime*		|reltime()| function, 'hlsearch'/'incsearch' timeout,
 			'redrawtime' option
 B  *+rightleft*		Right to left typing |'rightleft'|
 m  *+ruby*		Ruby interface |ruby|
 m  *+ruby/dyn*		Ruby interface |ruby-dynamic| |/dyn|
-N  *+scrollbind*		|'scrollbind'|
+N  *+scrollbind*	|'scrollbind'|
 B  *+signs*		|:sign|
-N  *+smartindent*		|'smartindent'|
+N  *+smartindent*	|'smartindent'|
 m  *+sniff*		SniFF interface |sniff|
-N  *+startuptime*		|--startuptime| argument
-N  *+statusline*		Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
+N  *+startuptime*	|--startuptime| argument
+N  *+statusline*	Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
 			formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'
 m  *+sun_workshop*	|workshop|
 N  *+syntax*		Syntax highlighting |syntax|
    *+system()*		Unix only: opposite of |+fork|
-N  *+tag_binary*		binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search|
+N  *+tag_binary*	binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search|
 N  *+tag_old_static*	old method for static tags |tag-old-static|
 m  *+tag_any_white*	any white space allowed in tags file |tag-any-white|
-m  *+tcl*			Tcl interface |tcl|
+m  *+tcl*		Tcl interface |tcl|
 m  *+tcl/dyn*		Tcl interface |tcl-dynamic| |/dyn|
    *+terminfo*		uses |terminfo| instead of termcap
 N  *+termresponse*	support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|
-N  *+textobjects*		|text-objects| selection
+N  *+textobjects*	|text-objects| selection
    *+tgetent*		non-Unix only: able to use external termcap
 N  *+title*		Setting the window 'title' and 'icon'
 N  *+toolbar*		|gui-toolbar|
 N  *+user_commands*	User-defined commands. |user-commands|
 N  *+viminfo*		|'viminfo'|
 N  *+vertsplit*		Vertically split windows |:vsplit|
-N  *+virtualedit*		|'virtualedit'|
+N  *+virtualedit*	|'virtualedit'|
 S  *+visual*		Visual mode |Visual-mode|
-N  *+visualextra*		extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
+N  *+visualextra*	extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
 N  *+vreplace*		|gR| and |gr|
-N  *+wildignore*		|'wildignore'|
+N  *+wildignore*	|'wildignore'|
 N  *+wildmenu*		|'wildmenu'|
 S  *+windows*		more than one window
-m  *+writebackup*		|'writebackup'| is default on
-m  *+xim*			X input method |xim|
+m  *+writebackup*	|'writebackup'| is default on
+m  *+xim*		X input method |xim|
    *+xfontset*		X fontset support |xfontset|
 m  *+xpm_w32*		Win32 GUI only: pixmap support |w32-xpm-support|
    *+xsmp*		XSMP (X session management) support
    *+xsmp_interact*	interactive XSMP (X session management) support
 N  *+xterm_clipboard*	Unix only: xterm clipboard handling
-m  *+xterm_save*		save and restore xterm screen |xterm-screens|
-N  *+X11*			Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
+m  *+xterm_save*	save and restore xterm screen |xterm-screens|
+N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 
 							*/dyn* *E370* *E448*
 			To some of the features "/dyn" is added when the

runtime/doc/vim-fr.1

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-.\" Traduction Lundi 7 ao<61>t 2000 par Richard Hitier
+.\" Traduction lundi 7 ao<61>t 2000 par Richard Hitier
 .\" (richard.hitier@dial.oleane.com)
 .\" Mise <20> jour de la traduction par David Blanchet
 .\" (david.blanchet@free.fr) 2006-06-10
 .\" Mise <20> jour de la traduction par Dominique Pell<6C>
-.\" (dominique.pelle@gmail.com) 2008-11-29
+.\" (dominique.pelle@gmail.com) 2013-05-10
 .\"
-.TH VIM 1 "22 F<EFBFBD>vrier 2002"
+.TH VIM 1 "22 f<EFBFBD>vrier 2002"
 .SH NOM
 vim \- Vi IMproved, <20>diteur de texte pour programmeurs
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Ex
 {commande} est interpr<70>t<EFBFBD>e comme une commande Ex.
 Si la {commande} contient des espaces, elle doit <20>tre entour<75>e
 de doubles-apostrophes (cela d<>pend du shell utilis<69>).
-Exemple: Vim "+set si" main.c
+Exemple : Vim "+set si" main.c
 .br
 Note : vous pouvez utiliser jusqu'<27> 10 commandes "+" ou "\-c".
 .TP
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Fonctionne comme vimdiff(1).
 \-d {p<>riph}
 Ouvre {p<>riph} pour l'utiliser comme terminal.
 Uniquement sur Amiga.
-Exemple:
+Exemple :
 "\-d con:20/30/600/150".
 .TP
 \-D
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ quitte.
 Si
 .B Vim
 a <20>t<EFBFBD> compil<69> avec le support de la fonctionnalit<69> RIGHTLEFT pour l'<27>dition de
-fichiers de droite <20> gauche et les claviers h<>breu, cette option lance
+fichiers de droite <20> gauche et les claviers h<>breux, cette option lance
 .B Vim
 en mode H<>breu, c.-<2D>-d. avec les options 'hkmap' et 'rightleft' activ<69>es.
 Sinon, un message d'erreur est <20>mis et
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Mode restreint. Fonctionne comme si l'ex
 \-\-
 D<EFBFBD>limite la fin des options.
 Les arguments qui suivent seront consid<69>r<EFBFBD>s comme des noms de fichiers.
-Cela permet d'<27>diter des fichier d<>butant par un '\-'.
+Cela permet d'<27>diter des fichiers d<>butant par un '\-'.
 .TP
 \-\-echo\-wid
 IHM graphique GTK uniquement : retourne la Window ID sur stdout.
@@ -586,4 +586,4 @@ Cette page de manuel a
 .br
 Cette page de manuel a <20>t<EFBFBD> mise <20> jour par David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2006-04-10.
-Mise <20> jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise <20> jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/vim-fr.UTF-8.1

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-.\" Traduction Lundi 7 août 2000 par Richard Hitier
+.\" Traduction lundi 7 août 2000 par Richard Hitier
 .\" (richard.hitier@dial.oleane.com)
 .\" Mise à jour de la traduction par David Blanchet
 .\" (david.blanchet@free.fr) 2006-06-10
 .\" Mise à jour de la traduction par Dominique Pellé
-.\" (dominique.pelle@gmail.com) 2008-11-29
+.\" (dominique.pelle@gmail.com) 2013-05-10
 .\"
-.TH VIM 1 "22 Février 2002"
+.TH VIM 1 "22 février 2002"
 .SH NOM
 vim \- Vi IMproved, éditeur de texte pour programmeurs
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Exécute {commande} après la lecture du premier fichier.
 {commande} est interprétée comme une commande Ex.
 Si la {commande} contient des espaces, elle doit être entourée
 de doubles-apostrophes (cela dépend du shell utilisé).
-Exemple: Vim "+set si" main.c
+Exemple : Vim "+set si" main.c
 .br
 Note : vous pouvez utiliser jusqu'à 10 commandes "+" ou "\-c".
 .TP
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Fonctionne comme vimdiff(1).
 \-d {périph}
 Ouvre {périph} pour l'utiliser comme terminal.
 Uniquement sur Amiga.
-Exemple:
+Exemple :
 "\-d con:20/30/600/150".
 .TP
 \-D
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ quitte.
 Si
 .B Vim
 a été compilé avec le support de la fonctionnalité RIGHTLEFT pour l'édition de
-fichiers de droite à gauche et les claviers hébreu, cette option lance
+fichiers de droite à gauche et les claviers hébreux, cette option lance
 .B Vim
 en mode Hébreu, c.-à-d. avec les options 'hkmap' et 'rightleft' activées.
 Sinon, un message d'erreur est émis et
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Mode restreint. Fonctionne comme si l'exécutable commençait par la lettre 'r'.
 \-\-
 Délimite la fin des options.
 Les arguments qui suivent seront considérés comme des noms de fichiers.
-Cela permet d'éditer des fichier débutant par un '\-'.
+Cela permet d'éditer des fichiers débutant par un '\-'.
 .TP
 \-\-echo\-wid
 IHM graphique GTK uniquement : retourne la Window ID sur stdout.
@@ -586,4 +586,4 @@ Cette page de manuel a été traduite par Richard Hitier.
 .br
 Cette page de manuel a été mise à jour par David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2006-04-10.
-Mise à jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise à jour par Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com> 2013-05-10

runtime/doc/visual.txt

@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ position.
 			lines as used for the last Visual operation, but at
 			the current cursor position, multiplied by [count].
 			When the previous Visual operation was on a block both
-			the width and height of the block are multipiled by
+			the width and height of the block are multiplied by
 			[count].
 			When there was no previous Visual operation [count]
 			characters are selected.  This is like moving the

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Apr 13
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Nov 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -939,9 +939,9 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 :buffers[!]					*:buffers* *:ls*
 :ls[!]		Show all buffers.  Example:
 
-			1 #h  "/test/text"		line 1 ~
-			2u    "asdf"			line 0 ~
-			3 %a+ "version.c"		line 1 ~
+			1 #h   "/test/text"		line 1 ~
+			2u     "asdf"			line 0 ~
+			3 %a + "version.c"		line 1 ~
 
 		When the [!] is included the list will show unlisted buffers
 		(the term "unlisted" is a bit confusing then...).

runtime/doc/xxd-fr.1

@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ fichier n'est pas adressable, seuls les vides sont autoris
 combl<EFBFBD>s par des octets nuls.
 .PP
 .I xxd \-r
-ne g<>n<EFBFBD>re aucune erreur lors de l'analyse. Le probl<62>me sont pass<73>s
+ne g<>n<EFBFBD>re aucune erreur lors de l'analyse. Les probl<62>mes sont pass<73>s
 silencieusement.
 .PP
 Lors de l'<27>dition de la repr<70>sentation hexad<61>cimale, veuillez noter que
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Convertir le fichier de l'exemple pr
 000fffc: 0000 0000 40                   ....A
 .PP
 Cr<EFBFBD>er un fichier d'un octet, contenant seulement le caract<63>re 'A'.
-Les nombres apr<70>s '\-r \-s' s'ajoutent au num<75>ros de lignes trouv<75>es dans le
+Le nombre apr<70>s '\-r \-s' s'ajoute aux num<75>ros de lignes trouv<75>es dans le
 fichier ; les octets initiaux sont supprim<69>s.
 .br
 \fI% echo '010000: 41' | xxd \-r \-s \-0x10000 \> fichier\fR
@@ -393,4 +393,4 @@ Modifications mineures par Bram Moolenaar.
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a <20>t<EFBFBD> traduite par David Blanchet
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2004-12-24.
-Mise <20> jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise <20> jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/xxd-fr.UTF-8.1

@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ fichier n'est pas adressable, seuls les vides sont autorisés, et ils seront
 comblés par des octets nuls.
 .PP
 .I xxd \-r
-ne génère aucune erreur lors de l'analyse. Le problème sont passés
+ne génère aucune erreur lors de l'analyse. Les problèmes sont passés
 silencieusement.
 .PP
 Lors de l'édition de la représentation hexadécimale, veuillez noter que
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Convertir le fichier de l'exemple précédent avec la fonctionnalité "autoskip"
 000fffc: 0000 0000 40                   ....A
 .PP
 Créer un fichier d'un octet, contenant seulement le caractère 'A'.
-Les nombres après '\-r \-s' s'ajoutent au numéros de lignes trouvées dans le
+Le nombre après '\-r \-s' s'ajoute aux numéros de lignes trouvées dans le
 fichier ; les octets initiaux sont supprimés.
 .br
 \fI% echo '010000: 41' | xxd \-r \-s \-0x10000 \> fichier\fR
@@ -393,4 +393,4 @@ Modifications mineures par Bram Moolenaar.
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a été traduite par David Blanchet
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2004-12-24.
-Mise à jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise à jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 Aug 02
+" Last Change:	2013 Jun 01
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -128,12 +128,20 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead .asoundrc,*/usr/share/alsa/alsa.conf,*/etc/asound.conf set
 " Arc Macro Language
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.aml			setf aml
 
+" APT config file
+au BufNewFile,BufRead apt.conf                 setf aptconf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.aptitude/config       setf aptconf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/apt/apt.conf.d/{[-_[:alnum:]]\+,[-_.[:alnum:]]\+.conf} setf aptconf
+
 " Arch Inventory file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .arch-inventory,=tagging-method	setf arch
 
 " ART*Enterprise (formerly ART-IM)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.art			setf art
 
+" AsciiDoc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.asciidoc		setf asciidoc
+
 " ASN.1
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.asn,*.asn1		setf asn
 
@@ -320,6 +328,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead calendar			setf calendar
 " C#
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cs			setf cs
 
+" CSDL
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.csdl			setf csdl
+
 " Cabal
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cabal			setf cabal
 
@@ -484,6 +495,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.prg
 	\   setf clipper |
 	\ endif
 
+" Clojure
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.clj,*.cljs		setf clojure
+
 " Cmake
 au BufNewFile,BufRead CMakeLists.txt,*.cmake,*.cmake.in		setf cmake
 
@@ -633,6 +647,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dsl			setf dsl
 " DTD (Document Type Definition for XML)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dtd			setf dtd
 
+" DTS/DSTI (device tree files)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dts,*.dtsi		setf dts
+
 " EDIF (*.edf,*.edif,*.edn,*.edo)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ed\(f\|if\|n\|o\)	setf edif
 
@@ -735,11 +752,13 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mo,*.gdmo		setf gdmo
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ged,lltxxxxx.txt	setf gedcom
 
 " Git
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/COMMIT_EDITMSG 	setf gitcommit
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/COMMIT_EDITMSG	setf gitcommit
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/MERGE_MSG		setf gitcommit
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/config,.gitconfig,.gitmodules setf gitconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/modules/**/COMMIT_EDITMSG setf gitcommit
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/modules/**/config 	setf gitconfig
-au BufNewFile,BufRead git-rebase-todo      	setf gitrebase
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/modules/**/config	setf gitconfig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/git/config	setf gitconfig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead git-rebase-todo		setf gitrebase
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .msg.[0-9]*
       \ if getline(1) =~ '^From.*# This line is ignored.$' |
       \   setf gitsendemail |
@@ -766,7 +785,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead gnashrc,.gnashrc,gnashpluginrc,.gnashpluginrc setf gnash
 " Gitolite
 au BufNewFile,BufRead gitolite.conf		setf gitolite
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */gitolite-admin/conf/*	call s:StarSetf('gitolite')
-au BufNewFile,BufRead {,.}gitolite.rc,example.gitolite.rc 	setf perl
+au BufNewFile,BufRead {,.}gitolite.rc,example.gitolite.rc	setf perl
 
 " Gnuplot scripts
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gpi			setf gnuplot
@@ -1067,6 +1086,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *[mM]akefile,*.mk,*.mak,*.dsp setf make
 " MakeIndex
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ist,*.mst		setf ist
 
+" Mallard
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.page			setf mallard
+
 " Manpage
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.man			setf man
 
@@ -1080,7 +1102,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mv,*.mpl,*.mws		setf maple
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.map			setf map
 
 " Markdown
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.markdown,*.mdown,*.mkd,*.mkdn,README.md  setf markdown
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.markdown,*.mdown,*.mkd,*.mkdn,*.mdwn,README.md  setf markdown
 
 " Mason
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mason,*.mhtml		setf mason
@@ -1558,7 +1580,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.reg
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rib			setf rib
 
 " Rexx
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rexx,*.rex,*.jrexx,*.rxj,*.orx	setf rexx
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rex,*.orx,*.rxo,*.rxj,*.jrexx,*.rexxj,*.rexx,*.testGroup,*.testUnit	setf rexx
 
 " R (Splus)
 if has("fname_case")
@@ -1626,6 +1648,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead resolv.conf		setf resolv
 " Relax NG Compact
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rnc			setf rnc
 
+" Relax NG XML
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rng			setf rng
+
 " RPL/2
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rpl			setf rpl
 
@@ -1737,7 +1762,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sgm,*.sgml
 	\ if getline(1).getline(2).getline(3).getline(4).getline(5) =~? 'linuxdoc' |
 	\   setf sgmllnx |
 	\ elseif getline(1) =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*DocBook' || getline(2) =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*DocBook' |
-	\   let b:docbk_type="sgml" |
+	\   let b:docbk_type = "sgml" |
+	\   let b:docbk_ver = 4 |
 	\   setf docbk |
 	\ else |
 	\   setf sgml |
@@ -1772,6 +1798,10 @@ func! SetFileTypeSH(name)
     " Some .sh scripts contain #!/bin/tcsh.
     call SetFileTypeShell("tcsh")
     return
+  elseif a:name =~ '\<zsh\>'
+    " Some .sh scripts contain #!/bin/zsh.
+    call SetFileTypeShell("zsh")
+    return
   elseif a:name =~ '\<ksh\>'
     let b:is_kornshell = 1
     if exists("b:is_bash")
@@ -1872,6 +1902,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.st			setf st
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cls
 	\ if getline(1) =~ '^%' |
 	\  setf tex |
+	\ elseif getline(1)[0] == '#' && getline(1) =~ 'rexx' |
+	\  setf rexx |
 	\ else |
 	\  setf st |
 	\ endif
@@ -2169,8 +2201,12 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.uc			setf uc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/updatedb.conf	setf updatedb
 
 " Upstart (init(8)) config files
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/init/*.conf,*/.init/*.conf          setf upstart
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/init/*.override,*/.init/*.override  setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */usr/share/upstart/*.conf               setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */usr/share/upstart/*.override           setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/init/*.conf,*/etc/init/*.override  setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.init/*.conf,*/.init/*.override        setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/upstart/*.conf                 setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/upstart/*.override             setf upstart
 
 " Vera
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vr,*.vri,*.vrh		setf vera
@@ -2293,8 +2329,16 @@ func! s:FTxml()
   let n = 1
   while n < 100 && n < line("$")
     let line = getline(n)
-    if line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*DocBook'
+    " DocBook 4 or DocBook 5.
+    let is_docbook4 = line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*DocBook'
+    let is_docbook5 = line =~ ' xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"'
+    if is_docbook4 || is_docbook5
       let b:docbk_type = "xml"
+      if is_docbook5
+	let b:docbk_ver = 5
+      else
+	let b:docbk_ver = 4
+      endif
       setf docbk
       return
     endif
@@ -2372,10 +2416,10 @@ endfunc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.yaml,*.yml		setf yaml
 
 " yum conf (close enough to dosini)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.conf 		setf dosini
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.conf		setf dosini
 
 " Zimbu
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zu 			setf zimbu
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zu			setf zimbu
 
 " Zope
 "   dtml (zope dynamic template markup language), pt (zope page template),
@@ -2520,6 +2564,20 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *termcap*
 	\|  let b:ptcap_type = "term" | call s:StarSetf('ptcap')
 	\|endif
 
+" ReDIF
+" Only used when the .rdf file was not detected to be XML.
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.rdf			call s:Redif()
+func! s:Redif()
+  let lnum = 1
+  while lnum <= 5 && lnum < line('$')
+    if getline(lnum) =~ "^\ctemplate-type:"
+      setf redif
+      return
+    endif
+    let lnum = lnum + 1
+  endwhile
+endfunc
+
 " Remind
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .reminders*		call s:StarSetf('remind')
 
@@ -2548,7 +2606,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *xmodmap*			call s:StarSetf('xmodmap')
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/xinetd.d/*		call s:StarSetf('xinetd')
 
 " yum conf (close enough to dosini)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.repos.d/* 	call s:StarSetf('dosini')
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.repos.d/*	call s:StarSetf('dosini')
 
 " Z-Shell script
 au BufNewFile,BufRead zsh*,zlog*		call s:StarSetf('zsh')

runtime/ftplugin/aap.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	Aap recipe
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2003 Nov 04
+" Last Change:	2013 Apr 05
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< com< et<"
 setlocal fo-=t fo+=croql
 
 " Set 'comments' to format dashed lists in comments.
-setlocal comments=s:#\ -,m:#\ \,e:#,n:#,fb:-
+setlocal comments=s:#\ -,m:#\ \ ,e:#,n:#,fb:-
 
 " Expand tabs to spaces to avoid trouble.
 setlocal expandtab

runtime/ftplugin/abap.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	ABAP
+" Author:	Steven Oliver <oliver.steven@gmail.com>
+" Copyright:	Copyright (c) 2013 Steven Oliver
+" License:	You may redistribute this under the same terms as Vim itself
+" --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal softtabstop=2 shiftwidth=2
+setlocal suffixesadd=.abap
+
+" Windows allows you to filter the open file dialog
+if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+  let b:browsefilter = "ABAP Source Files (*.abap)\t*.abap\n" .
+                     \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: set sw=4 sts=4 et tw=80 :

runtime/ftplugin/ada.vim

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 "		Neil Bird <neil@fnxweb.com>
 "      $Author: krischik $
 "	 $Date: 2008-07-08 16:29:01 +0200 (Di, 08 Jul 2008) $
-"      Version: 4.6
+"      Version: 4.6 with patch from David Bürgin
 "    $Revision: 887 $
 "     $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/ftplugin/ada.vim $
 "      History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ set cpoptions-=C
 
 " Section: Comments  {{{1
 "
-setlocal comments=O:--,:--\ \
+setlocal comments=O:--,:--\ \ 
 setlocal commentstring=--\ \ %s
 setlocal complete=.,w,b,u,t,i
 

runtime/ftplugin/changelog.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:         generic Changelog file
 " Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2011-05-02
+" Latest Revision:  2012-08-23
 " Variables:
 "   g:changelog_timeformat (deprecated: use g:changelog_dateformat instead) -
 "       description: the timeformat used in ChangeLog entries.
@@ -106,10 +106,10 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
 
   function! s:passwd_field(line, field)
     let fields = split(a:line, ':', 1)
-    if len(fields) < field
+    if len(fields) < a:field
       return ""
     endif
-    return fields[field - 1]
+    return fields[a:field - 1]
   endfunction
 
   function! s:capitalize(word)

runtime/ftplugin/clojure.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:     Clojure
+" Author:       Meikel Brandmeyer <mb@kotka.de>
+"
+" Maintainer:   Sung Pae <self@sungpae.com>
+" URL:          https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static
+" License:      Same as Vim
+" Last Change:  30 January 2013
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+    finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal define< formatoptions< comments< commentstring<'
+
+" There will be false positives, but this is better than missing the whole set
+" of user-defined def* definitions.
+setlocal define=\\v[(/]def(ault)@!\\S*
+
+" Remove 't' from 'formatoptions' to avoid auto-wrapping code. The '+=croql'
+" is standard ftplugin boilerplate, although it is arguably intrusive.
+setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
+
+" Lisp comments are routinely nested (e.g. ;;; SECTION HEADING)
+setlocal comments=n:;
+setlocal commentstring=;\ %s
+
+" Provide insert mode completions for special forms and clojure.core. As
+" 'omnifunc' is set by popular Clojure REPL client plugins, we also set
+" 'completefunc' so that the user has some form of completion available when
+" 'omnifunc' is set and no REPL connection exists.
+for s:setting in ['omnifunc', 'completefunc']
+    if exists('&' . s:setting) && empty(eval('&' . s:setting))
+        execute 'setlocal ' . s:setting . '=clojurecomplete#Complete'
+        let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | setlocal ' . s:setting . '<'
+    endif
+endfor
+
+" Take all directories of the CLOJURE_SOURCE_DIRS environment variable
+" and add them to the path option.
+"
+" This is a legacy option for VimClojure users.
+if exists('$CLOJURE_SOURCE_DIRS')
+    for s:dir in split($CLOJURE_SOURCE_DIRS, (has("win32") || has("win64")) ? ';' : ':')
+        let s:dir = fnameescape(s:dir)
+        " Whitespace escaping for Windows
+        let s:dir = substitute(s:dir, '\', '\\\\', 'g')
+        let s:dir = substitute(s:dir, '\ ', '\\ ', 'g')
+        execute "setlocal path+=" . s:dir . "/**"
+    endfor
+    let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | setlocal path<'
+endif
+
+" Skip brackets in ignored syntax regions when using the % command
+if exists('loaded_matchit')
+    let b:match_words = &matchpairs
+    let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|regex\|character'
+    let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | unlet! b:match_words b:match_skip'
+endif
+
+" Win32 can filter files in the browse dialog
+if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+    let b:browsefilter = "Clojure Source Files (*.clj)\t*.clj\n" .
+                       \ "ClojureScript Source Files (*.cljs)\t*.cljs\n" .
+                       \ "Java Source Files (*.java)\t*.java\n" .
+                       \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+    let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | unlet! b:browsefilter'
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+
+unlet! s:cpo_save s:setting s:dir
+
+" vim:sts=4 sw=4 et:

runtime/ftplugin/cucumber.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	Cucumber
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2010 Aug 09
+" Last Change:	2013 Jun 01
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
@@ -9,6 +9,9 @@ if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
 endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
 setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
 setlocal comments=:# commentstring=#\ %s
 setlocal omnifunc=CucumberComplete
@@ -18,11 +21,27 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< com< cms< ofu<"
 let b:cucumber_root = expand('%:p:h:s?.*[\/]\%(features\|stories\)\zs[\/].*??')
 
 if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_cucumber_maps")
-  nmap <silent><buffer> <C-]>       :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('edit',v:count)<CR>
-  nmap <silent><buffer> <C-W>]      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
-  nmap <silent><buffer> <C-W><C-]>  :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
-  nmap <silent><buffer> <C-W>}      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('pedit',v:count)<CR>
-  let b:undo_ftplugin .= "| sil! iunmap! <C-]>| sil! iunmap! <C-W>]| sil! iunmap! <C-W><C-]>| sil! iunmap! <C-W>}"
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-]>       :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('edit',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [<C-D>      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('edit',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]<C-D>      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('edit',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W>]      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W><C-]>  :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W>d      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W><C-D>  :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W>}      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('pedit',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [d          :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('pedit',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]d          :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('pedit',v:count)<CR>
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .=
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-]>" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> [<C-D>" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> ]<C-D>" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W>]" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W><C-]>" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W>d" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W><C-D>" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W>}" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> [d" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> ]d"
 endif
 
 function! s:jump(command,count)
@@ -38,7 +57,7 @@ function! s:jump(command,count)
 endfunction
 
 function! s:allsteps()
-  let step_pattern = '\C^\s*\K\k*\>\s*\zs\S.\{-\}\ze\s*\%(do\|{\)\s*\%(|[^|]*|\s*\)\=\%($\|#\)'
+  let step_pattern = '\C^\s*\K\k*\>\s*(\=\s*\zs\S.\{-\}\ze\s*)\=\s*\%(do\|{\)\s*\%(|[^|]*|\s*\)\=\%($\|#\)'
   let steps = []
   for file in split(glob(b:cucumber_root.'/**/*.rb'),"\n")
     let lines = readfile(file)
@@ -55,7 +74,7 @@ function! s:allsteps()
 endfunction
 
 function! s:steps(lnum)
-  let c = indent(a:lnum) + 1
+  let c = match(getline(a:lnum), '\S') + 1
   while synIDattr(synID(a:lnum,c,1),'name') !~# '^$\|Region$'
     let c = c + 1
   endwhile
@@ -129,4 +148,7 @@ function! CucumberComplete(findstart,base) abort
   return sort(steps)
 endfunction
 
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
 " vim:set sts=2 sw=2:

runtime/ftplugin/git.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	generic git output
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))

runtime/ftplugin/gitcommit.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	git commit file
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 April 7
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ endif
 runtime! ftplugin/git.vim
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
-setlocal nomodeline
+setlocal nomodeline tabstop=8 formatoptions-=croq formatoptions+=tl
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl modeline<'
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl modeline< tabstop< formatoptions<'
 
 if &textwidth == 0
   " make sure that log messages play nice with git-log on standard terminals

runtime/ftplugin/gprof.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+" Language:    gprof
+" Maintainer:  Dominique Pelle <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 2012 May 20
+
+" When cursor is on one line of the gprof call graph,
+" calling this function jumps to this function in the call graph.
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin=1
+
+fun! <SID>GprofJumpToFunctionIndex()
+  let l:line = getline('.')
+  if l:line =~ '[\d\+\]$'
+    " We're in a line in the call graph.
+    norm $y%
+    call search('^' . escape(@", '[]'), 'sw')
+    norm zz
+  elseif l:line =~ '^\(\s\+[0-9\.]\+\)\{3}\s\+'
+    " We're in line in the flat profile.
+    norm 55|y$
+    call search('^\[\d\+\].*\d\s\+' .  escape(@", '[]*.'), 'sW')
+    norm zz
+  endif
+endfun
+
+" Pressing <C-]> on a line in the gprof flat profile or in
+" the call graph, jumps to the corresponding function inside
+" the flat profile.
+map <silent> <C-]> :call <SID>GprofJumpToFunctionIndex()<CR>
+
+" vim:sw=2 fdm=indent

runtime/ftplugin/haml.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
-" Language:		Haml
-" Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:		2012 Mar 11
+" Language:	Haml
+" Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" Last Change:	2013 Jun 01
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ let s:match_words = ""
 
 runtime! ftplugin/html.vim ftplugin/html_*.vim ftplugin/html/*.vim
 unlet! b:did_ftplugin
+set matchpairs-=<:>
 
 " Override our defaults if these were set by an included ftplugin.
 if exists("b:undo_ftplugin")

runtime/ftplugin/lisp.vim

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 " URL:		 http://sites.google.com/site/khorser/opensource/vim
 " Original author:    Dorai Sitaram <ds26@gte.com>
 " Original URL:		 http://www.ccs.neu.edu/~dorai/vimplugins/vimplugins.html
-" Last Change:   Mar 5, 2012
+" Last Change:   Feb 12, 2013
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -19,10 +19,11 @@ setl define=^\\s*(def\\k*
 setl formatoptions-=t
 setl iskeyword+=+,-,*,/,%,<,=,>,:,$,?,!,@-@,94
 setl lisp
+setl commentstring=;%s
 
 " make comments behaviour like in c.vim
 " e.g. insertion of ;;; and ;; on normal "O" or "o" when staying in comment
 setl comments^=:;;;,:;;,sr:#\|,mb:\|,ex:\|#
 setl formatoptions+=croql
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal comments< define< formatoptions< iskeyword< lisp<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal comments< define< formatoptions< iskeyword< lisp< commentstring<"

runtime/ftplugin/mail.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	Mail
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2009 Jun 03
+" Last Change:	2012 Nov 20
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
 endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl modeline< tw< fo<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl modeline< tw< fo< comments<"
 
 " Don't use modelines in e-mail messages, avoid trojan horses and nasty
 " "jokes" (e.g., setting 'textwidth' to 5).
@@ -23,6 +23,9 @@ endif
 " Set 'formatoptions' to break text lines and keep the comment leader ">".
 setlocal fo+=tcql
 
+" Add n:> to 'comments, in case it was removed elsewhere
+setlocal comments+=n:>
+
 " Add mappings, unless the user doesn't want this.
 if !exists("no_plugin_maps") && !exists("no_mail_maps")
   " Quote text by inserting "> "

runtime/ftplugin/make.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	Make
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2006 Jun 17
+" Last Change:	2013 Apr 22
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -26,3 +26,8 @@ setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
 
 " Including files.
 let &l:include = '^\s*include'
+
+" For matchit.vim, suggested by Albert Netymk.
+if exists("loaded_matchit")
+  let b:match_words = '\<if\(n\)\=\(eq\|def\)\>:\<else\>:\<endif\>,\<define\>:\<endef\>'
+endif

runtime/ftplugin/markdown.vim

@@ -1,17 +1,16 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:		Markdown
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:		2011 Dec 14
+" Last Change:		2013 May 30
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
 endif
 
 runtime! ftplugin/html.vim ftplugin/html_*.vim ftplugin/html/*.vim
-unlet! b:did_ftplugin
 
 setlocal comments=fb:*,fb:-,fb:+,n:> commentstring=>\ %s
-setlocal formatoptions+=tcqln
+setlocal formatoptions+=tcqln formatoptions-=r formatoptions-=o
 setlocal formatlistpat=^\\s*\\d\\+\\.\\s\\+\\\|^[-*+]\\s\\+
 
 if exists('b:undo_ftplugin')

runtime/ftplugin/perl.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:     Perl
-" Maintainer:   Andy Lester <andy@petdance.com>
-" URL:          http://github.com/petdance/vim-perl
-" Last Change:  2012 Mar 11
+" Language:      Perl
+" Maintainer:    vim-perl <vim-perl@googlegroups.com>
+" Homepage:      http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl
+" Bugs/requests: http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl/issues
+" Last Change:   2013-05-11
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
@@ -12,7 +13,8 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 let s:save_cpo = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
-setlocal formatoptions+=crq
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+setlocal formatoptions+=crqol
 setlocal keywordprg=perldoc\ -f
 
 setlocal comments=:#
@@ -29,7 +31,7 @@ endif
 " Provided by Ned Konz <ned at bike-nomad dot com>
 "---------------------------------------------
 setlocal include=\\<\\(use\\\|require\\)\\>
-setlocal includeexpr=substitute(substitute(v:fname,'::','/','g'),'$','.pm','')
+setlocal includeexpr=substitute(substitute(substitute(v:fname,'::','/','g'),'->\*','',''),'$','.pm','')
 setlocal define=[^A-Za-z_]
 
 " The following line changes a global variable but is necessary to make
@@ -38,7 +40,7 @@ setlocal define=[^A-Za-z_]
 " problem for you, add an after/ftplugin/perl.vim file that contains
 "       set isfname-=:
 set isfname+=:
-"setlocal iskeyword=48-57,_,A-Z,a-z,:
+set iskeyword+=:
 
 " Set this once, globally.
 if !exists("perlpath")
@@ -60,13 +62,27 @@ if !exists("perlpath")
     endif
 endif
 
-let &l:path=perlpath
+" Append perlpath to the existing path value, if it is set.  Since we don't
+" use += to do it because of the commas in perlpath, we have to handle the
+" global / local settings, too.
+if &l:path == ""
+    if &g:path == ""
+        let &l:path=perlpath
+    else
+        let &l:path=&g:path.",".perlpath
+    endif
+else
+    let &l:path=&l:path.",".perlpath
+endif
 "---------------------------------------------
 
 " Undo the stuff we changed.
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< com< cms< inc< inex< def< isf< kp<" .
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< com< cms< inc< inex< def< isf< kp< path<" .
 	    \	      " | unlet! b:browsefilter"
 
+" proper matching for matchit plugin
+let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|perlQQ\|perlShellCommand\|perlHereDoc\|perlSubstitution\|perlTranslation\|perlMatch\|perlFormatField'
+
 " Restore the saved compatibility options.
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo
 unlet s:save_cpo

runtime/ftplugin/perl6.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:     Perl 6
-" Maintainer:   Andy Lester <andy@petdance.com>
-" URL:          http://github.com/petdance/vim-perl/tree/master
-" Last Change:  2012 Mar 11
-" Contributors: Hinrik Örn Sigurðsson <hinrik.sig@gmail.com>
+" Language:      Perl 6
+" Maintainer:    vim-perl <vim-perl@googlegroups.com>
+" Homepage:      http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl
+" Bugs/requests: http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl/issues
+" Last Change:   2013-05-11
+" Contributors:  Hinrik Örn Sigurðsson <hinrik.sig@gmail.com>
 "
 " Based on ftplugin/perl.vim by Dan Sharp <dwsharp at hotmail dot com>
 
@@ -15,16 +16,19 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 let s:save_cpo = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
-setlocal formatoptions+=crq
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+setlocal formatoptions+=crqol
+setlocal keywordprg=p6doc
+
 setlocal comments=:#
 setlocal commentstring=#%s
 
 " Change the browse dialog on Win32 to show mainly Perl-related files
 if has("gui_win32")
     let b:browsefilter = "Perl Source Files (*.pl)\t*.pl\n" .
-		       \ "Perl Modules (*.pm)\t*.pm\n" .
-		       \ "Perl Documentation Files (*.pod)\t*.pod\n" .
-		       \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+               \ "Perl Modules (*.pm)\t*.pm\n" .
+               \ "Perl Documentation Files (*.pod)\t*.pod\n" .
+               \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 
 " Provided by Ned Konz <ned at bike-nomad dot com>
@@ -39,10 +43,34 @@ setlocal define=[^A-Za-z_]
 " after/ftplugin/perl6.vim file that contains
 "       set isfname-=:
 set isfname+=:
+setlocal iskeyword=48-57,_,A-Z,a-z,:,-
+
+" Set this once, globally.
+if !exists("perlpath")
+    if executable("perl6")
+        try
+            if &shellxquote != '"'
+                let perlpath = system('perl6 -e  "@*INC.join(q/,/).say"')
+            else
+                let perlpath = system("perl6 -e  '@*INC.join(q/,/).say'")
+            endif
+            let perlpath = substitute(perlpath,',.$',',,','')
+        catch /E145:/
+            let perlpath = ".,,"
+        endtry
+    else
+        " If we can't call perl to get its path, just default to using the
+        " current directory and the directory of the current file.
+        let perlpath = ".,,"
+    endif
+endif
+
+let &l:path=perlpath
+"---------------------------------------------
 
 " Undo the stuff we changed.
 let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< com< cms< inc< inex< def< isk<" .
-	    \         " | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+        \         " | unlet! b:browsefilter"
 
 " Restore the saved compatibility options.
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo

runtime/ftplugin/scheme.vim

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 " URL:		 http://sites.google.com/site/khorser/opensource/vim
 " Original author:    Dorai Sitaram <ds26@gte.com>
 " Original URL:		 http://www.ccs.neu.edu/~dorai/vimplugins/vimplugins.html
-" Last Change:   Mar 5, 2012
+" Last Change:   Feb 12, 2013
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ setl define=^\\s*(def\\k*
 setl formatoptions-=t
 setl iskeyword+=+,-,*,/,%,<,=,>,:,$,?,!,@-@,94
 setl lisp
+setl commentstring=;%s
 
 " make comments behaviour like in c.vim
 " e.g. insertion of ;;; and ;; on normal "O" or "o" when staying in comment
@@ -44,4 +45,4 @@ if exists("b:is_chicken") || exists("is_chicken")
     setl lispwords+=cond-expand,and-let*,foreign-lambda,foreign-lambda*
 endif
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal comments< define< formatoptions< iskeyword< lispwords< lisp<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal comments< define< formatoptions< iskeyword< lispwords< lisp< commentstring<"

runtime/ftplugin/sql.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " SQL filetype plugin file
 " Language:    SQL (Common for Oracle, Microsoft SQL Server, Sybase)
-" Version:     8.0
+" Version:     11.0
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Last Change: 2012 May 18
+" Last Change: 2013 May 13
 " Download:    http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id=454
 
 " For more details please use:
@@ -30,34 +30,52 @@
 " To change the default dialect, add the following to your vimrc:
 "    let g:sql_type_default = 'sqlanywhere'
 "
-" This file also creates a command, SQLGetType, which allows you to 
+" This file also creates a command, SQLGetType, which allows you to
 " determine what the current dialect is in use.
 "     :SQLGetType
 "
 " History
 "
+" Version 11.0 (May 2013)
+"
+" NF: Updated to use SyntaxComplete's new regex support for syntax groups.
+"
+" Version 10.0 (Dec 2012)
+"
+" NF: Changed all maps to use noremap instead of must map
+" NF: Changed all visual maps to use xnoremap instead of vnoremap as they
+"     should only be used in visual mode and not select mode.
+" BF: Most of the maps were using doubled up backslashes before they were
+"     changed to using the search() function, which meant they no longer
+"     worked.
+"
+" Version 9.0
+"
+" NF: Completes 'b:undo_ftplugin'
+" BF: Correctly set cpoptions when creating script
+"
 " Version 8.0
-" 
+"
 " NF: Improved the matchit plugin regex (Talek)
 "
 " Version 7.0
-" 
+"
 " NF: Calls the sqlcomplete#ResetCacheSyntax() function when calling
 "     SQLSetType.
 "
 " Version 6.0
-" 
+"
 " NF: Adds the command SQLGetType
 "
 " Version 5.0
-" 
-" NF: Adds the ability to choose the keys to control SQL completion, just add 
+"
+" NF: Adds the ability to choose the keys to control SQL completion, just add
 "     the following to your .vimrc:
 "    let g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key       = '<C-C>'
 "    let g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right = '<Right>'
 "    let g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left  = '<Left>'
 "
-" BF: format-options - Auto-wrap comments using textwidth was turned off 
+" BF: format-options - Auto-wrap comments using textwidth was turned off
 "                      by mistake.
 
 
@@ -81,7 +99,7 @@ setlocal formatoptions+=c
 " This works with both Vim 6 and 7.
 
 if !exists("*SQL_SetType")
-    " NOTE: You cannot use function! since this file can be 
+    " NOTE: You cannot use function! since this file can be
     " sourced from within this function.  That will result in
     " an error reported by Vim.
     function SQL_GetList(ArgLead, CmdLine, CursorPos)
@@ -105,9 +123,9 @@ if !exists("*SQL_SetType")
             "
             "    Recursively, since there are many filenames that contain
             "    the word SQL in the indent, syntax and ftplugin directory
-            let sqls = substitute( sqls, 
-                        \ '[\n]\%(.\{-}\)\(\w\+\.\w\+\)\n\@=', 
-                        \ '\1\n', 
+            let sqls = substitute( sqls,
+                        \ '[\n]\%(.\{-}\)\(\w\+\.\w\+\)\n\@=',
+                        \ '\1\n',
                         \ 'g'
                         \ )
 
@@ -142,10 +160,10 @@ if !exists("*SQL_SetType")
     function SQL_SetType(name)
 
         " User has decided to override default SQL scripts and
-        " specify a vendor specific version 
+        " specify a vendor specific version
         " (ie Oracle, Informix, SQL Anywhere, ...)
         " So check for an remove any settings that prevent the
-        " scripts from being executed, and then source the 
+        " scripts from being executed, and then source the
         " appropriate Vim scripts.
         if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
             unlet b:did_ftplugin
@@ -163,10 +181,10 @@ if !exists("*SQL_SetType")
         endif
 
         " Ensure the name is in the correct format
-        let new_sql_type = substitute(a:name, 
+        let new_sql_type = substitute(a:name,
                     \ '\s*\([^\.]\+\)\(\.\w\+\)\?', '\L\1', '')
 
-        " Do not specify a buffer local variable if it is 
+        " Do not specify a buffer local variable if it is
         " the default value
         if new_sql_type == 'sql'
           let new_sql_type = 'sqloracle'
@@ -175,7 +193,7 @@ if !exists("*SQL_SetType")
 
         " Remove any cached SQL since a new sytax will have different
         " items and groups
-        if !exists('g:loaded_sql_completion') || 100 == g:loaded_sql_completion
+        if !exists('g:loaded_sql_completion') || g:loaded_sql_completion >= 100
             call sqlcomplete#ResetCacheSyntax()
         endif
 
@@ -203,10 +221,10 @@ endif
 
 if !exists("*SQL_GetType")
     function SQL_GetType()
-        if exists('b:sql_type_override') 
+        if exists('b:sql_type_override')
             echomsg "Current SQL dialect in use:".b:sql_type_override
         else
-            echomsg "Current SQL dialect in use:".g:sql_type_default        
+            echomsg "Current SQL dialect in use:".g:sql_type_default
         endif
     endfunction
     command! -nargs=0 SQLGetType :call SQL_GetType()
@@ -233,7 +251,8 @@ if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
 endif
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl comments<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl comments< formatoptions< define< omnifunc<" .
+		    \ " | unlet! b:browsefilter b:match_words"
 
 " Don't load another plugin for this buffer
 let b:did_ftplugin     = 1
@@ -280,7 +299,7 @@ if !exists("b:match_words")
     " doend
     "
     " case
-    " when 
+    " when
     " when
     " default
     " end case
@@ -296,8 +315,10 @@ if !exists("b:match_words")
     " create[ or replace] procedure|function|event
                 " \ '^\s*\<\%(do\|for\|while\|loop\)\>.*:'.
 
-    let b:match_words =
-		\ '\<begin\>:\<end\>\W*$,'.
+    " For ColdFusion support
+    setlocal matchpairs+=<:>
+    let b:match_words = &matchpairs .
+		\ ',\<begin\>:\<end\>\W*$,'.
 		\
                 \ s:notend . '\<if\>:'.
                 \ '\<elsif\>\|\<elseif\>\|\<else\>:'.
@@ -337,14 +358,14 @@ let &l:define = '\c\<\(VARIABLE\|DECLARE\|IN\|OUT\|INOUT\)\>'
 
 " Mappings to move to the next BEGIN ... END block
 " \W - no characters or digits
-nmap <buffer> <silent> ]] :call search('\\c^\\s*begin\\>', 'W' )<CR>
-nmap <buffer> <silent> [[ :call search('\\c^\\s*begin\\>', 'bW' )<CR>
-nmap <buffer> <silent> ][ :call search('\\c^\\s*end\\W*$', 'W' )<CR>
-nmap <buffer> <silent> [] :call search('\\c^\\s*end\\W*$', 'bW' )<CR>
-vmap <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\\c^\\s*begin\\>', 'W' )<CR>
-vmap <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\\c^\\s*begin\\>', 'bW' )<CR>
-vmap <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\\c^\\s*end\\W*$', 'W' )<CR>
-vmap <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\\c^\\s*end\\W*$', 'bW' )<CR>
+nnoremap <buffer> <silent> ]] :call search('\c^\s*begin\>', 'W' )<CR>
+nnoremap <buffer> <silent> [[ :call search('\c^\s*begin\>', 'bW' )<CR>
+nnoremap <buffer> <silent> ][ :call search('\c^\s*end\W*$', 'W' )<CR>
+nnoremap <buffer> <silent> [] :call search('\c^\s*end\W*$', 'bW' )<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\c^\s*begin\>', 'W' )<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\c^\s*begin\>', 'bW' )<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\c^\s*end\W*$', 'W' )<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\c^\s*end\W*$', 'bW' )<CR>
 
 
 " By default only look for CREATE statements, but allow
@@ -361,7 +382,7 @@ endif
 " backwards, you must use \{,1}
 if !exists('g:ftplugin_sql_objects')
     let g:ftplugin_sql_objects = 'function,procedure,event,' .
-                \ '\\(existing\\\\|global\\s\\+temporary\\s\\+\\)\\\{,1}' .
+                \ '\(existing\\|global\s\+temporary\s\+\)\{,1}' .
                 \ 'table,trigger' .
                 \ ',schema,service,publication,database,datatype,domain' .
                 \ ',index,subscription,synchronization,view,variable'
@@ -382,47 +403,47 @@ endif
 
 " Replace all ,'s with bars, except ones with numbers after them.
 " This will most likely be a \{,1} string.
-let s:ftplugin_sql_objects = 
-            \ '\\c^\\s*' .
-            \ '\\(\\(' .
-            \ substitute(g:ftplugin_sql_statements, ',\d\@!', '\\\\\\|', 'g') .
-            \ '\\)\\s\\+\\(or\\s\\+replace\\\s\+\\)\\{,1}\\)\\{,1}' .
-            \ '\\<\\(' .
-            \ substitute(g:ftplugin_sql_objects, ',\d\@!', '\\\\\\|', 'g') .
-            \ '\\)\\>' 
+let s:ftplugin_sql_objects =
+            \ '\c^\s*' .
+            \ '\(\(' .
+            \ substitute(g:ftplugin_sql_statements, ',\d\@!', '\\\\|', 'g') .
+            \ '\)\s\+\(or\s\+replace\s\+\)\{,1}\)\{,1}' .
+            \ '\<\(' .
+            \ substitute(g:ftplugin_sql_objects, ',\d\@!', '\\\\|', 'g') .
+            \ '\)\>'
 
 " Mappings to move to the next CREATE ... block
-exec "nmap <buffer> <silent> ]} :call search('".s:ftplugin_sql_objects."', 'W')<CR>"
-exec "nmap <buffer> <silent> [{ :call search('".s:ftplugin_sql_objects."', 'bW')<CR>"
+exec "nnoremap <buffer> <silent> ]} :call search('".s:ftplugin_sql_objects."', 'W')<CR>"
+exec "nnoremap <buffer> <silent> [{ :call search('".s:ftplugin_sql_objects."', 'bW')<CR>"
 " Could not figure out how to use a :call search() string in visual mode
 " without it ending visual mode
 " Unfortunately, this will add a entry to the search history
-exec 'vmap <buffer> <silent> ]} /'.s:ftplugin_sql_objects.'<CR>'
-exec 'vmap <buffer> <silent> [{ ?'.s:ftplugin_sql_objects.'<CR>'
+exec 'xnoremap <buffer> <silent> ]} /'.s:ftplugin_sql_objects.'<CR>'
+exec 'xnoremap <buffer> <silent> [{ ?'.s:ftplugin_sql_objects.'<CR>'
 
 " Mappings to move to the next COMMENT
 "
 " Had to double the \ for the \| separator since this has a special
 " meaning on maps
-let b:comment_leader = '\\(--\\\|\\/\\/\\\|\\*\\\|\\/\\*\\\|\\*\\/\\)'
+let b:comment_leader = '\(--\\|\/\/\\|\*\\|\/\*\\|\*\/\)'
 " Find the start of the next comment
-let b:comment_start  = '^\\(\\s*'.b:comment_leader.'.*\\n\\)\\@<!'.
-            \ '\\(\\s*'.b:comment_leader.'\\)'
+let b:comment_start  = '^\(\s*'.b:comment_leader.'.*\n\)\@<!'.
+            \ '\(\s*'.b:comment_leader.'\)'
 " Find the end of the previous comment
-let b:comment_end = '\\(^\\s*'.b:comment_leader.'.*\\n\\)'.
-            \ '\\(^\\s*'.b:comment_leader.'\\)\\@!'
+let b:comment_end = '\(^\s*'.b:comment_leader.'.*\n\)'.
+            \ '\(^\s*'.b:comment_leader.'\)\@!'
 " Skip over the comment
 let b:comment_jump_over  = "call search('".
-            \ '^\\(\\s*'.b:comment_leader.'.*\\n\\)\\@<!'.
+            \ '^\(\s*'.b:comment_leader.'.*\n\)\@<!'.
             \ "', 'W')"
 let b:comment_skip_back  = "call search('".
-            \ '^\\(\\s*'.b:comment_leader.'.*\\n\\)\\@<!'.
+            \ '^\(\s*'.b:comment_leader.'.*\n\)\@<!'.
             \ "', 'bW')"
 " Move to the start and end of comments
 exec 'nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]" :call search('."'".b:comment_start."'".', "W" )<CR>'
 exec 'nnoremap <silent><buffer> [" :call search('."'".b:comment_end."'".', "W" )<CR>'
-exec 'vnoremap <silent><buffer> ]" :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('."'".b:comment_start."'".', "W" )<CR>'
-exec 'vnoremap <silent><buffer> [" :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('."'".b:comment_end."'".', "W" )<CR>'
+exec 'xnoremap <silent><buffer> ]" :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('."'".b:comment_start."'".', "W" )<CR>'
+exec 'xnoremap <silent><buffer> [" :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('."'".b:comment_end."'".', "W" )<CR>'
 
 " Comments can be of the form:
 "   /*
@@ -431,7 +452,7 @@ exec 'vnoremap <silent><buffer> [" :<C-U>exec "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('."'"
 " or
 "   --
 " or
-"   // 
+"   //
 setlocal comments=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,:--,://
 
 " Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
@@ -441,42 +462,50 @@ if exists('&omnifunc')
     " OMNI function prior to setting up the SQL OMNI function
     let b:sql_compl_savefunc = &omnifunc
 
+    " Source it to determine it's version
+    runtime autoload/sqlcomplete.vim
     " This is used by the sqlcomplete.vim plugin
     " Source it for it's global functions
-    runtime autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim 
+    runtime autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim
 
     setlocal omnifunc=sqlcomplete#Complete
     " Prevent the intellisense plugin from loading
     let b:sql_vis = 1
     if !exists('g:omni_sql_no_default_maps')
+        let regex_extra = ''
+        if exists('g:loaded_syntax_completion') && exists('g:loaded_sql_completion')
+            if g:loaded_syntax_completion > 120 && g:loaded_sql_completion > 140
+                let regex_extra = '\\w*'
+            endif
+        endif
         " Static maps which use populate the completion list
         " using Vim's syntax highlighting rules
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'a <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("syntax")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlKeyword")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'f <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlFunction")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'o <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlOption")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'T <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlType")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'s <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlStatement")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'a <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("syntax")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlKeyword'.regex_extra.'")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'f <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlFunction'.regex_extra.'")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'o <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlOption'.regex_extra.'")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'T <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlType'.regex_extra.'")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'s <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlStatement'.regex_extra.'")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
         " Dynamic maps which use populate the completion list
         " using the dbext.vim plugin
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'t <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("table")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'p <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("procedure")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'v <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("view")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'c <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("column")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'l <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("column_csv")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'t <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("table")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'p <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("procedure")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'v <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("view")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'c <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("column")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'l <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("column_csv")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
         " The next 3 maps are only to be used while the completion window is
         " active due to the <CR> at the beginning of the map
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'L <C-Y><C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("column_csv")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'L <C-Y><C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("column_csv")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
         " <C-Right> is not recognized on most Unix systems, so only create
         " these additional maps on the Windows platform.
         " If you would like to use these maps, choose a different key and make
         " the same map in your vimrc.
         " if has('win32')
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right.' <C-R>=sqlcomplete#DrillIntoTable()<CR>'
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left.'  <C-R>=sqlcomplete#DrillOutOfColumns()<CR>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right.' <C-R>=sqlcomplete#DrillIntoTable()<CR>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left.'  <C-R>=sqlcomplete#DrillOutOfColumns()<CR>'
         " endif
         " Remove any cached items useful for schema changes
-        exec 'imap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'R <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("resetCache")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'R <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("resetCache")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
     endif
 
     if b:sql_compl_savefunc != ""
@@ -493,4 +522,3 @@ let &cpo = s:save_cpo
 unlet s:save_cpo
 
 " vim:sw=4:
-

runtime/ftplugin/xs.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:     XS (Perl extension interface language)
-" Maintainer:   Andy Lester <andy@petdance.com>
-" URL:          http://github.com/petdance/vim-perl
-" Last Change:  2009-08-14
+" Language:      XS (Perl extension interface language)
+" Maintainer:    vim-perl <vim-perl@googlegroups.com>
+" Homepage:      http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl
+" Bugs/requests: http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl/issues
+" Last Change:   2009-08-14
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")

runtime/ftplugin/zimbu.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	Zimbu
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 May 18
+" Last Change:	2012 Sep 08
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ setlocal errorformat^=%f\ line\ %l\ col\ %c:\ %m,ERROR:\ %m
 
 " When the matchit plugin is loaded, this makes the % command skip parens and
 " braces in comments.
-let b:match_words = '\(^\s*\)\@<=\(MODULE\|CLASS\|INTERFACE\|BITS\|ENUM\|SHARED\|FUNC\|REPLACE\|DEFINE\|PROC\|EQUAL\|MAIN\|IF\|GENERATE_IF\|WHILE\|REPEAT\|WITH\|DO\|FOR\|SWITCH\|TRY\)\>\|{\s*$:\(^\s*\)\@<=\(ELSE\|ELSEIF\|GENERATE_ELSE\|GENERATE_ELSEIF\|CATCH\|FINALLY\)\>:\(^\s*\)\@<=}\|\<UNTIL\>'
+let b:match_words = '\(^\s*\)\@<=\(MODULE\|CLASS\|INTERFACE\|BITS\|ENUM\|SHARED\|FUNC\|REPLACE\|DEFINE\|PROC\|EQUAL\|MAIN\|IF\|GENERATE_IF\|WHILE\|REPEAT\|WITH\|DO\|FOR\|SWITCH\|TRY\)\>\|{\s*$:\(^\s*\)\@<=\(ELSE\|ELSEIF\|GENERATE_ELSE\|GENERATE_ELSEIF\|CATCH\|FINALLY\)\>:\(^\s*\)\@<=\(}\|\<UNTIL\>\)'
 
 let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|zimbuchar'
 
@@ -43,12 +43,36 @@ setlocal et sts=2 sw=2
 
 " Does replace when a dot, space or closing brace is typed.
 func! GCUpperDot(what)
-  let col = col(".") - strlen(a:what)
-  if v:char != ' ' && v:char != "\r" && v:char != "\x1b" && v:char != '.' && v:char != ')' && v:char != '}'
+  if v:char != ' ' && v:char != "\r" && v:char != "\x1b" && v:char != '.' && v:char != ')' && v:char != '}' && v:char != ','
     " no space or dot after the typed text
     let g:got_char = v:char
     return a:what
   endif
+  return GCUpperCommon(a:what)
+endfunc
+
+" Does not replace when a dot is typed.
+func! GCUpper(what)
+  if v:char != ' ' && v:char != "\r" && v:char != "\x1b" && v:char != ')' && v:char != ','
+    " no space or other "terminating" character after the typed text
+    let g:got_char = v:char
+    return a:what
+  endif
+  return GCUpperCommon(a:what)
+endfunc
+
+" Only replaces when a space is typed.
+func! GCUpperSpace(what)
+  if v:char != ' '
+    " no space after the typed text
+    let g:got_char = v:char
+    return a:what
+  endif
+  return GCUpperCommon(a:what)
+endfunc
+
+func! GCUpperCommon(what)
+  let col = col(".") - strlen(a:what)
   if col > 1 && getline('.')[col - 2] != ' '
     " no space before the typed text
     let g:got_char = 999
@@ -64,34 +88,15 @@ func! GCUpperDot(what)
   return toupper(a:what)
 endfunc
 
-" Does not replace when a dot is typed.
-func! GCUpper(what)
-  if v:char != ' ' && v:char != "\r" && v:char != "\x1b" && v:char != ')'
-    " no space after the typed text
-    let g:got_char = v:char
-    return a:what
-  endif
-  return GCUpperDot(a:what)
-endfunc
-
-" Only replaces when a space is typed.
-func! GCUpperSpace(what)
-  if v:char != ' '
-    " no space after the typed text
-    let g:got_char = v:char
-    return a:what
-  endif
-  return GCUpperDot(a:what)
-endfunc
-
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> alias GCUpperSpace("alias")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> arg GCUpperDot("arg")
-iabbr <buffer> <expr> bad GCUpper("bad")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> break GCUpper("break")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> case GCUpperSpace("case")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> catch GCUpperSpace("catch")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> check GCUpperDot("check")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> class GCUpperSpace("class")
+iabbr <buffer> <expr> interface GCUpperSpace("interface")
+iabbr <buffer> <expr> implements GCUpperSpace("implements")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> shared GCUpperSpace("shared")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> continue GCUpper("continue")
 iabbr <buffer> <expr> default GCUpper("default")

runtime/indent/clojure.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:     Clojure
+" Author:       Meikel Brandmeyer <mb@kotka.de>
+" URL:          http://kotka.de/projects/clojure/vimclojure.html
+"
+" Maintainer:   Sung Pae <self@sungpae.com>
+" URL:          https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static
+" License:      Same as Vim
+" Last Change:  30 January 2013
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+    finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+let b:undo_indent = 'setlocal autoindent< smartindent< lispwords< expandtab< softtabstop< shiftwidth< indentexpr< indentkeys<'
+
+setlocal noautoindent nosmartindent
+setlocal softtabstop=2 shiftwidth=2 expandtab
+setlocal indentkeys=!,o,O
+
+if exists("*searchpairpos")
+
+    if !exists('g:clojure_maxlines')
+        let g:clojure_maxlines = 100
+    endif
+
+    if !exists('g:clojure_fuzzy_indent')
+        let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent = 1
+    endif
+
+    if !exists('g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns')
+        let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns = ['^with', '^def', '^let']
+    endif
+
+    if !exists('g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist')
+        let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist = ['-fn$', '\v^with-%(meta|out-str|loading-context)$']
+    endif
+
+    if !exists('g:clojure_special_indent_words')
+        let g:clojure_special_indent_words = 'deftype,defrecord,reify,proxy,extend-type,extend-protocol,letfn'
+    endif
+
+    if !exists('g:clojure_align_multiline_strings')
+        let g:clojure_align_multiline_strings = 0
+    endif
+
+    function! s:SynIdName()
+        return synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name")
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:CurrentChar()
+        return getline('.')[col('.')-1]
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:CurrentWord()
+        return getline('.')[col('.')-1 : searchpos('\v>', 'n', line('.'))[1]-2]
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:IsParen()
+        return s:CurrentChar() =~ '\v[\(\)\[\]\{\}]' &&
+             \ s:SynIdName() !~? '\vstring|comment'
+    endfunction
+
+    " Returns 1 if string matches a pattern in 'patterns', which may be a
+    " list of patterns, or a comma-delimited string of implicitly anchored
+    " patterns.
+    function! s:MatchesOne(patterns, string)
+        let list = type(a:patterns) == type([])
+                   \ ? a:patterns
+                   \ : map(split(a:patterns, ','), '"^" . v:val . "$"')
+        for pat in list
+            if a:string =~ pat | return 1 | endif
+        endfor
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:SavePosition()
+        let [ _b, l, c, _o ] = getpos(".")
+        let b = bufnr("%")
+        return [b, l, c]
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:RestorePosition(value)
+        let [b, l, c] = a:value
+        if bufnr("%") != b
+            execute b "buffer!"
+        endif
+        call setpos(".", [0, l, c, 0])
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:MatchPairs(open, close, stopat)
+        " Stop only on vector and map [ resp. {. Ignore the ones in strings and
+        " comments.
+        if a:stopat == 0
+            let stopat = max([line(".") - g:clojure_maxlines, 0])
+        else
+            let stopat = a:stopat
+        endif
+
+        let pos = searchpairpos(a:open, '', a:close, 'bWn', "!s:IsParen()", stopat)
+        return [pos[0], virtcol(pos)]
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:ClojureCheckForStringWorker()
+        " Check whether there is the last character of the previous line is
+        " highlighted as a string. If so, we check whether it's a ". In this
+        " case we have to check also the previous character. The " might be the
+        " closing one. In case the we are still in the string, we search for the
+        " opening ". If this is not found we take the indent of the line.
+        let nb = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+
+        if nb == 0
+            return -1
+        endif
+
+        call cursor(nb, 0)
+        call cursor(0, col("$") - 1)
+        if s:SynIdName() !~? "string"
+            return -1
+        endif
+
+        " This will not work for a " in the first column...
+        if s:CurrentChar() == '"'
+            call cursor(0, col("$") - 2)
+            if s:SynIdName() !~? "string"
+                return -1
+            endif
+            if s:CurrentChar() != '\\'
+                return -1
+            endif
+            call cursor(0, col("$") - 1)
+        endif
+
+        let p = searchpos('\(^\|[^\\]\)\zs"', 'bW')
+
+        if p != [0, 0]
+            return p[1] - 1
+        endif
+
+        return indent(".")
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:CheckForString()
+        let pos = s:SavePosition()
+        try
+            let val = s:ClojureCheckForStringWorker()
+        finally
+            call s:RestorePosition(pos)
+        endtry
+        return val
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:ClojureIsMethodSpecialCaseWorker(position)
+        " Find the next enclosing form.
+        call search('\S', 'Wb')
+
+        " Special case: we are at a '(('.
+        if s:CurrentChar() == '('
+            return 0
+        endif
+        call cursor(a:position)
+
+        let nextParen = s:MatchPairs('(', ')', 0)
+
+        " Special case: we are now at toplevel.
+        if nextParen == [0, 0]
+            return 0
+        endif
+        call cursor(nextParen)
+
+        call search('\S', 'W')
+        if g:clojure_special_indent_words =~ '\<' . s:CurrentWord() . '\>'
+            return 1
+        endif
+
+        return 0
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:IsMethodSpecialCase(position)
+        let pos = s:SavePosition()
+        try
+            let val = s:ClojureIsMethodSpecialCaseWorker(a:position)
+        finally
+            call s:RestorePosition(pos)
+        endtry
+        return val
+    endfunction
+
+    function! GetClojureIndent()
+        " Get rid of special case.
+        if line(".") == 1
+            return 0
+        endif
+
+        " We have to apply some heuristics here to figure out, whether to use
+        " normal lisp indenting or not.
+        let i = s:CheckForString()
+        if i > -1
+            return i + !!g:clojure_align_multiline_strings
+        endif
+
+        call cursor(0, 1)
+
+        " Find the next enclosing [ or {. We can limit the second search
+        " to the line, where the [ was found. If no [ was there this is
+        " zero and we search for an enclosing {.
+        let paren = s:MatchPairs('(', ')', 0)
+        let bracket = s:MatchPairs('\[', '\]', paren[0])
+        let curly = s:MatchPairs('{', '}', bracket[0])
+
+        " In case the curly brace is on a line later then the [ or - in
+        " case they are on the same line - in a higher column, we take the
+        " curly indent.
+        if curly[0] > bracket[0] || curly[1] > bracket[1]
+            if curly[0] > paren[0] || curly[1] > paren[1]
+                return curly[1]
+            endif
+        endif
+
+        " If the curly was not chosen, we take the bracket indent - if
+        " there was one.
+        if bracket[0] > paren[0] || bracket[1] > paren[1]
+            return bracket[1]
+        endif
+
+        " There are neither { nor [ nor (, ie. we are at the toplevel.
+        if paren == [0, 0]
+            return 0
+        endif
+
+        " Now we have to reimplement lispindent. This is surprisingly easy, as
+        " soon as one has access to syntax items.
+        "
+        " - Check whether we are in a special position after a word in
+        "   g:clojure_special_indent_words. These are special cases.
+        " - Get the next keyword after the (.
+        " - If its first character is also a (, we have another sexp and align
+        "   one column to the right of the unmatched (.
+        " - In case it is in lispwords, we indent the next line to the column of
+        "   the ( + sw.
+        " - If not, we check whether it is last word in the line. In that case
+        "   we again use ( + sw for indent.
+        " - In any other case we use the column of the end of the word + 2.
+        call cursor(paren)
+
+        if s:IsMethodSpecialCase(paren)
+            return paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1
+        endif
+
+        " In case we are at the last character, we use the paren position.
+        if col("$") - 1 == paren[1]
+            return paren[1]
+        endif
+
+        " In case after the paren is a whitespace, we search for the next word.
+        normal! l
+        if s:CurrentChar() == ' '
+            normal! w
+        endif
+
+        " If we moved to another line, there is no word after the (. We
+        " use the ( position for indent.
+        if line(".") > paren[0]
+            return paren[1]
+        endif
+
+        " We still have to check, whether the keyword starts with a (, [ or {.
+        " In that case we use the ( position for indent.
+        let w = s:CurrentWord()
+        if stridx('([{', w[0]) > -1
+            return paren[1]
+        endif
+
+        " Test words without namespace qualifiers and leading reader macro
+        " metacharacters.
+        "
+        " e.g. clojure.core/defn and #'defn should both indent like defn.
+        let ww = substitute(w, "\\v%(.*/|[#'`~@^,]*)(.*)", '\1', '')
+
+        if &lispwords =~ '\V\<' . ww . '\>'
+            return paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1
+        endif
+
+        if g:clojure_fuzzy_indent
+            \ && !s:MatchesOne(g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist, ww)
+            \ && s:MatchesOne(g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns, ww)
+            return paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1
+        endif
+
+        normal! W
+        if paren[0] < line(".")
+            return paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1
+        endif
+
+        normal! ge
+        return virtcol(".") + 1
+    endfunction
+
+    setlocal indentexpr=GetClojureIndent()
+
+else
+
+    " In case we have searchpairpos not available we fall back to
+    " normal lisp indenting.
+    setlocal indentexpr=
+    setlocal lisp
+    let b:undo_indent .= '| setlocal lisp<'
+
+endif
+
+" Specially indented symbols from clojure.core and clojure.test.
+"
+" Clojure symbols are indented in the defn style when they:
+"
+"   * Define vars and anonymous functions
+"   * Create new lexical scopes or scopes with altered environments
+"   * Create conditional branches from a predicate function or value
+"
+" The arglists for these functions are generally in the form of [x & body];
+" Functions that accept a flat list of forms do not treat the first argument
+" specially and hence are not indented specially.
+
+" Definitions
+setlocal lispwords=
+setlocal lispwords+=bound-fn
+setlocal lispwords+=def
+setlocal lispwords+=definline
+setlocal lispwords+=definterface
+setlocal lispwords+=defmacro
+setlocal lispwords+=defmethod
+setlocal lispwords+=defmulti
+setlocal lispwords+=defn
+setlocal lispwords+=defn-
+setlocal lispwords+=defonce
+setlocal lispwords+=defprotocol
+setlocal lispwords+=defrecord
+setlocal lispwords+=defstruct
+setlocal lispwords+=deftest " clojure.test
+setlocal lispwords+=deftest- " clojure.test
+setlocal lispwords+=deftype
+setlocal lispwords+=extend
+setlocal lispwords+=extend-protocol
+setlocal lispwords+=extend-type
+setlocal lispwords+=fn
+setlocal lispwords+=ns
+setlocal lispwords+=proxy
+setlocal lispwords+=reify
+setlocal lispwords+=set-test " clojure.test
+
+" Binding forms
+setlocal lispwords+=as->
+setlocal lispwords+=binding
+setlocal lispwords+=doall
+setlocal lispwords+=dorun
+setlocal lispwords+=doseq
+setlocal lispwords+=dotimes
+setlocal lispwords+=doto
+setlocal lispwords+=for
+setlocal lispwords+=if-let
+setlocal lispwords+=let
+setlocal lispwords+=letfn
+setlocal lispwords+=locking
+setlocal lispwords+=loop
+setlocal lispwords+=testing " clojure.test
+setlocal lispwords+=when-first
+setlocal lispwords+=when-let
+setlocal lispwords+=with-bindings
+setlocal lispwords+=with-in-str
+setlocal lispwords+=with-local-vars
+setlocal lispwords+=with-open
+setlocal lispwords+=with-precision
+setlocal lispwords+=with-redefs
+setlocal lispwords+=with-redefs-fn
+setlocal lispwords+=with-test " clojure.test
+
+" Conditional branching
+setlocal lispwords+=case
+setlocal lispwords+=cond->
+setlocal lispwords+=cond->>
+setlocal lispwords+=condp
+setlocal lispwords+=if
+setlocal lispwords+=if-not
+setlocal lispwords+=when
+setlocal lispwords+=when-not
+setlocal lispwords+=while
+
+" Exception handling
+setlocal lispwords+=catch
+setlocal lispwords+=try " For aesthetics when enclosing single line
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet! s:save_cpo
+
+" vim:sts=4 sw=4 et:

runtime/indent/cucumber.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Cucumber
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2010 May 21
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ setlocal autoindent
 setlocal indentexpr=GetCucumberIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys=o,O,*<Return>,<:>,0<Bar>,0#,=,!^F
 
+let b:undo_indent = 'setl ai< inde< indk<'
+
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists("*GetCucumberIndent")
   finish
@@ -24,35 +26,47 @@ endfunction
 function! GetCucumberIndent()
   let line  = getline(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
   let cline = getline(v:lnum)
+  let nline = getline(nextnonblank(v:lnum+1))
   let syn = s:syn(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
   let csyn = s:syn(v:lnum)
+  let nsyn = s:syn(nextnonblank(v:lnum+1))
   if csyn ==# 'cucumberFeature' || cline =~# '^\s*Feature:'
+    " feature heading
     return 0
   elseif csyn ==# 'cucumberExamples' || cline =~# '^\s*\%(Examples\|Scenarios\):'
+    " examples heading
     return 2 * &sw
   elseif csyn =~# '^cucumber\%(Background\|Scenario\|ScenarioOutline\)$' || cline =~# '^\s*\%(Background\|Scenario\|Scenario Outline\):'
+    " background, scenario or outline heading
     return &sw
   elseif syn ==# 'cucumberFeature' || line =~# '^\s*Feature:'
+    " line after feature heading
     return &sw
   elseif syn ==# 'cucumberExamples' || line =~# '^\s*\%(Examples\|Scenarios\):'
+    " line after examples heading
     return 3 * &sw
   elseif syn =~# '^cucumber\%(Background\|Scenario\|ScenarioOutline\)$' || line =~# '^\s*\%(Background\|Scenario\|Scenario Outline\):'
+    " line after background, scenario or outline heading
     return 2 * &sw
-  elseif cline =~# '^\s*@' && (s:syn(nextnonblank(v:lnum+1)) == 'cucumberFeature' || getline(nextnonblank(v:lnum+1)) =~# '^\s*Feature:' || indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)) <= 0)
+  elseif cline =~# '^\s*[@#]' && (nsyn == 'cucumberFeature' || nline =~# '^\s*Feature:' || indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)) <= 0)
+    " tag or comment before a feature heading
     return 0
-  elseif line =~# '^\s*@'
+  elseif cline =~# '^\s*@'
+    " other tags
     return &sw
-  elseif cline =~# '^\s*|' && line =~# '^\s*|'
+  elseif cline =~# '^\s*[#|]' && line =~# '^\s*|'
+    " mid-table
+    " preserve indent
     return indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
-  elseif cline =~# '^\s*|' && line =~# '^\s*[^|#]'
+  elseif cline =~# '^\s*|' && line =~# '^\s*[^|]'
+    " first line of a table, relative indent
     return indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)) + &sw
-  elseif cline =~# '^\s*[^|# \t]' && line =~# '^\s*|'
+  elseif cline =~# '^\s*[^|]' && line =~# '^\s*|'
+    " line after a table, relative unindent
     return indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)) - &sw
-  elseif cline =~# '^\s*$' && line =~# '^\s*|'
-    let in = indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
-    return in == indent(v:lnum) ? in : in - &sw
-  elseif cline =~# '^\s*#' && getline(v:lnum-1) =~ '^\s*$' && getline(v:lnum+1) =~# '\S'
-    return indent(getline(v:lnum+1))
+  elseif cline =~# '^\s*#' && getline(v:lnum-1) =~ '^\s*$' && (nsyn =~# '^cucumber\%(Background\|Scenario\|ScenarioOutline\)$' || nline =~# '^\s*\%(Background\|Scenario\|Scenario Outline\):')
+    " comments on scenarios
+    return &sw
   endif
   return indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
 endfunction

runtime/indent/falcon.vim

@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
 " Credits: Thanks to the ruby.vim authors, I borrow a lot!
 " Previous Maintainer: Brent A. Fulgham <bfulgham@debian.org>
 " -----------------------------------------------------------
-" GetLatestVimScripts: 2752 1 :AutoInstall: falcon.vim
 
 "======================================
 "       SETUP
@@ -132,7 +131,7 @@ function FalconGetIndent()
     " If previous line ends in a semi-colon reset indent to previous
     " lines setting
     if prevline =~? ';\s*$' && prevnonblank(prevline) =~? ',\s*$'
-        return chg = chg - (2 * &sw)
+        let chg = chg - (2 * &sw)
     endif
 
     " If previous line ended in a comma, indent again